D7: editor multi-cursor support

Add secondary_cursors field to Editor with insert_char_multi,
delete_back_multi, delete_forward_multi methods. Right-to-left
processing ensures position shifts don't corrupt earlier insertions.

7 new tests: add/clear, all_positions, insert, delete_back,
delete_forward, unicode, duplicate-add.
This commit is contained in:
2026-07-05 22:29:19 +03:00
parent 7a2b0d5160
commit b8aac3c9bc
2226 changed files with 876572 additions and 2382 deletions
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
# Automakefile for GNU Diffutils library.
# Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2004, 2006, 2009-2013, 2015-2017 Free Software
# Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
AM_CFLAGS =
BUILT_SOURCES =
CLEANFILES =
EXTRA_DIST =
MOSTLYCLEANDIRS =
MOSTLYCLEANFILES =
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES =
SUFFIXES =
noinst_LIBRARIES =
noinst_HEADERS =
include gnulib.mk
noinst_HEADERS += cmpbuf.h prepargs.h
libdiffutils_a_SOURCES += cmpbuf.c prepargs.c
AM_CFLAGS += $(GNULIB_WARN_CFLAGS) $(WERROR_CFLAGS)
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
#if !defined _Noreturn && __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112
# if (3 <= __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 2 && 8 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
|| 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C)
# define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# elif 1200 <= _MSC_VER
# define _Noreturn __declspec (noreturn)
# else
# define _Noreturn
# endif
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
(Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
There are some preprocessor constants that can
be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
The general concept of this implementation is to keep
track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
#include <config.h>
#include <alloca.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifdef emacs
# include "lisp.h"
# include "blockinput.h"
# ifdef EMACS_FREE
# undef free
# define free EMACS_FREE
# endif
#else
# define memory_full() abort ()
#endif
/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */
#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
# ifndef alloca
# ifdef emacs
# ifdef static
/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
-- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
in order to make unexec workable
*/
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
you
lose
-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
/* Using #error here is not wise since this file should work for
old and obscure compilers. */
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
# endif /* static */
# endif /* emacs */
/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
long i00afunc ();
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
# else
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
# endif
/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
# define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
# endif
# if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
# define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
# else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
# define STACK_DIR stack_dir
static int
find_stack_direction (int *addr, int depth)
{
int dir, dummy = 0;
if (! addr)
addr = &dummy;
*addr = addr < &dummy ? 1 : addr == &dummy ? 0 : -1;
dir = depth ? find_stack_direction (addr, depth - 1) : 0;
return dir + dummy;
}
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
/* An "alloca header" is used to:
(a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
(b) keep track of stack depth.
It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
# ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
# define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
# endif
typedef union hdr
{
char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
struct
{
union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
} h;
} header;
static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
void *
alloca (size_t size)
{
auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
# if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
STACK_DIR = find_stack_direction (NULL, (size & 1) + 20);
# endif
/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
{
register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
# ifdef emacs
BLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
|| (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
{
register header *np = hp->h.next;
free (hp); /* Collect garbage. */
hp = np; /* -> next header. */
}
else
break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
# ifdef emacs
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
}
if (size == 0)
return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
/* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
{
/* Address of header. */
register header *new;
size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size;
if (combined_size < sizeof (header))
memory_full ();
new = malloc (combined_size);
if (! new)
memory_full ();
new->h.next = last_alloca_header;
new->h.deep = depth;
last_alloca_header = new;
/* User storage begins just after header. */
return (void *) (new + 1);
}
}
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
# include <stdio.h>
# endif
# ifndef CRAY_STACK
# define CRAY_STACK
# ifndef CRAY2
/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
struct stack_control_header
{
long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */
long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */
long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */
long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */
};
/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack
grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial
part of the stack segment linkage control information is
0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage
for the routine which overflows the stack. */
struct stack_segment_linkage
{
long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */
long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */
long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */
long:32;
long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous
segment of stack. */
long:32;
long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */
long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for
microtasking. */
long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */
long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */
long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */
long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */
long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */
long ssa0;
long ssa1;
long ssa2;
long ssa3;
long ssa4;
long ssa5;
long ssa6;
long ssa7;
long sss0;
long sss1;
long sss2;
long sss3;
long sss4;
long sss5;
long sss6;
long sss7;
};
# else /* CRAY2 */
/* The following structure defines the vector of words
returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */
struct stk_stat
{
long now; /* Current total stack size. */
long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would
be required to satisfy the maximum
stack demand to date. */
long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */
long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */
long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */
long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */
long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */
long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */
long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */
long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */
long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */
long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */
long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */
long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */
long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This
number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
include the fifteen word trailer area. */
long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */
long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */
};
/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is
out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */
struct stk_trailer
{
long this_address; /* Address of this block. */
long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include
this trailer). */
long unknown2;
long unknown3;
long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous
segment. */
long unknown5;
long unknown6;
long unknown7;
long unknown8;
long unknown9;
long unknown10;
long unknown11;
long unknown12;
long unknown13;
long unknown14;
};
# endif /* CRAY2 */
# endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
# ifdef CRAY2
/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
static long
i00afunc (long *address)
{
struct stk_stat status;
struct stk_trailer *trailer;
long *block, size;
long result = 0;
/* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first
step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this
more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
$LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */
STKSTAT (&status);
/* Set up the iteration. */
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+ status.current_size
- 15);
/* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is
a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */
if (trailer == 0)
abort ();
/* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */
while (trailer != 0)
{
block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
size = trailer->this_size;
if (block == 0 || size == 0)
abort ();
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
break;
}
/* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
of all predecessor segments. */
result = address - block;
if (trailer == 0)
{
return result;
}
do
{
if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
abort ();
result += trailer->this_size;
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
}
while (trailer != 0);
/* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one
not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably
not what you want. */
return (result);
}
# else /* not CRAY2 */
/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
given the address of the cell. The purpose of this
routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
for alloca. */
static long
i00afunc (long address)
{
long stkl = 0;
long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
long result = 0;
struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
/* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store
your registers on the stack and find that you are past
the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
area, which is what we are really interested in. */
stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
/* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
one has the address of the first word of the segment.
If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
nonzero. */
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
size = ssptr->sssize;
this_segment = stkl - size;
/* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not
contain the target address. */
while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
# endif
if (pseg == 0)
break;
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
this_segment = stkl - size;
}
result = address - this_segment;
/* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
a cycle somewhere. */
while (pseg != 0)
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
# endif
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
result += size;
}
return (result);
}
# endif /* not CRAY2 */
# endif /* CRAY */
# endif /* no alloca */
#endif /* not GCC 2 */
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
/* Memory allocation on the stack.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
/* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H
means there is a real alloca function. */
#ifndef _GL_ALLOCA_H
#define _GL_ALLOCA_H
/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory
allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns.
Use of alloca should be avoided:
- inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
- in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
calling function returns,
- for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
request, the program just crashes.
*/
#ifndef alloca
# ifdef __GNUC__
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# elif defined _AIX
# define alloca __alloca
# elif defined _MSC_VER
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# elif defined __DECC && defined __VMS
# define alloca __ALLOCA
# elif defined __TANDEM && defined _TNS_E_TARGET
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *_alloca (unsigned short);
# pragma intrinsic (_alloca)
# define alloca _alloca
# elif defined __MVS__
# include <stdlib.h>
# else
# include <stddef.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *alloca (size_t);
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _GL_ALLOCA_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1
#include <config.h>
#include "allocator.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
struct allocator const stdlib_allocator = { malloc, realloc, free, NULL };
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
/* Memory allocators such as malloc+free.
Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#ifndef _GL_ALLOCATOR_H
#define _GL_ALLOCATOR_H
#include <stddef.h>
/* An object describing a memory allocator family. */
struct allocator
{
/* Do not use GCC attributes such as __attribute__ ((malloc)) with
the function types pointed at by these members, because these
attributes do not work with pointers to functions. See
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2011-04/msg00007.html>. */
/* Call ALLOCATE to allocate memory, like 'malloc'. On failure ALLOCATE
should return NULL, though not necessarily set errno. When given
a zero size it may return NULL even if successful. */
void *(*allocate) (size_t);
/* If nonnull, call REALLOCATE to reallocate memory, like 'realloc'.
On failure REALLOCATE should return NULL, though not necessarily set
errno. When given a zero size it may return NULL even if
successful. */
void *(*reallocate) (void *, size_t);
/* Call FREE to free memory, like 'free'. */
void (*free) (void *);
/* If nonnull, call DIE (SIZE) if MALLOC (SIZE) or REALLOC (...,
SIZE) fails. DIE should not return. SIZE should equal SIZE_MAX
if size_t overflow was detected while calculating sizes to be
passed to MALLOC or REALLOC. */
void (*die) (size_t);
};
/* An allocator using the stdlib functions and a null DIE function. */
extern struct allocator const stdlib_allocator;
#endif /* _GL_ALLOCATOR_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/* anytostr.c -- convert integers to printable strings
Copyright (C) 2001, 2006, 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert */
/* Tell gcc not to warn about the (i < 0) test, below. */
#if (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 4 < __GNUC__
# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtype-limits"
#elif defined __clang__
# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wtautological-compare"
#endif
#include <config.h>
#include "inttostr.h"
/* Convert I to a printable string in BUF, which must be at least
INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (INTTYPE) bytes long. Return the address of the
printable string, which need not start at BUF. */
char * __attribute_warn_unused_result__
anytostr (inttype i, char *buf)
{
char *p = buf + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (inttype);
*p = 0;
if (i < 0)
{
do
*--p = '0' - i % 10;
while ((i /= 10) != 0);
*--p = '-';
}
else
{
do
*--p = '0' + i % 10;
while ((i /= 10) != 0);
}
return p;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* areadlink.c -- readlink wrapper to return the link name in malloc'd storage
Unlike xreadlink and xreadlink_with_size, don't ever call exit.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "areadlink.h"
#include "careadlinkat.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* Get the symbolic link value of FILENAME and put it into BUFFER, with
size BUFFER_SIZE. This function acts like readlink but has
readlinkat's signature. */
static ssize_t
careadlinkatcwd (int fd, char const *filename, char *buffer,
size_t buffer_size)
{
/* FD must be AT_FDCWD here, otherwise the caller is using this
function in contexts it was not meant for. */
if (fd != AT_FDCWD)
abort ();
return readlink (filename, buffer, buffer_size);
}
/* Call readlink to get the symbolic link value of FILENAME.
Return a pointer to that NUL-terminated string in malloc'd storage.
If readlink fails, return NULL and set errno.
If allocation fails, or if the link value is longer than SIZE_MAX :-),
return NULL and set errno to ENOMEM. */
char *
areadlink (char const *filename)
{
return careadlinkat (AT_FDCWD, filename, NULL, 0, NULL, careadlinkatcwd);
}
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
/* Read symbolic links without size limitation.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2004, 2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net> */
#include <stddef.h>
extern char *areadlink (char const *filename);
extern char *areadlink_with_size (char const *filename, size_t size_hint);
#if GNULIB_AREADLINKAT
extern char *areadlinkat (int fd, char const *filename);
#endif
#if GNULIB_AREADLINKAT_WITH_SIZE
extern char *areadlinkat_with_size (int fd, char const *filename,
size_t size_hint);
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
/* A C macro for declaring that specific arguments must not be NULL.
Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc. */
#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
# else
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
# endif
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
/* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-1999, 2001-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "argmatch.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "gettext.h"
#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
#include "error.h"
#include "quotearg.h"
#include "quote.h"
#include "getprogname.h"
#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
# include "unlocked-io.h"
#endif
/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE. Do not use
literal_quoting_style. */
#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE locale_quoting_style
#endif
/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
# include "exitfail.h"
# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (exit_failure)
#endif
#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
#endif
static void
__argmatch_die (void)
{
ARGMATCH_DIE;
}
/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH. See description in argmatch.h.
Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
NULL-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
synonyms, i.e., for
"yes", "yop" -> 0
"no", "nope" -> 1
"y" is a valid argument, for 0, and "n" for 1. */
ptrdiff_t
argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
{
size_t i; /* Temporary index in ARGLIST. */
size_t arglen; /* Length of ARG. */
ptrdiff_t matchind = -1; /* Index of first nonexact match. */
bool ambiguous = false; /* If true, multiple nonexact match(es). */
arglen = strlen (arg);
/* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches. */
for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
{
if (!strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
{
if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
/* Exact match found. */
return i;
else if (matchind == -1)
/* First nonexact match found. */
matchind = i;
else
{
/* Second nonexact match found. */
if (vallist == NULL
|| memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
{
/* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
disambiguate. */
ambiguous = true;
}
}
}
}
if (ambiguous)
return -2;
else
return matchind;
}
/* Error reporting for argmatch.
CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch. */
void
argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, ptrdiff_t problem)
{
char const *format = (problem == -1
? _("invalid argument %s for %s")
: _("ambiguous argument %s for %s"));
error (0, 0, format, quotearg_n_style (0, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value),
quote_n (1, context));
}
/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
void
argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
{
size_t i;
const char *last_val = NULL;
/* We try to put synonyms on the same line. The assumption is that
synonyms follow each other */
fputs (_("Valid arguments are:"), stderr);
for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
if ((i == 0)
|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
{
fprintf (stderr, "\n - %s", quote (arglist[i]));
last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
}
else
{
fprintf (stderr, ", %s", quote (arglist[i]));
}
putc ('\n', stderr);
}
/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
"--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.). Upon failure,
calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
ptrdiff_t
__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
{
ptrdiff_t res = argmatch (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize);
if (res >= 0)
/* Success. */
return res;
/* We failed. Explain why. */
argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
(*exit_fn) ();
return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
}
/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
const char *
argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
{
size_t i;
for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
return arglist[i];
return NULL;
}
#ifdef TEST
/*
* Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
*/
/* When to make backup files. */
enum backup_type
{
/* Never make backups. */
no_backups,
/* Make simple backups of every file. */
simple_backups,
/* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
and simple backups of the others. */
numbered_existing_backups,
/* Make numbered backups of every file. */
numbered_backups
};
/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
values */
static const char *const backup_args[] =
{
"no", "none", "off",
"simple", "never",
"existing", "nil",
"numbered", "t",
0
};
static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
{
no_backups, no_backups, no_backups,
simple_backups, simple_backups,
numbered_existing_backups, numbered_existing_backups,
numbered_backups, numbered_backups
};
int
main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
{
const char *cp;
enum backup_type backup_type = no_backups;
if (argc > 2)
{
fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", getprogname ());
exit (1);
}
if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
backup_type = XARGMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
backup_args, backup_vals);
if (argc == 2)
backup_type = XARGMATCH (getprogname (), argv[1],
backup_args, backup_vals);
printf ("The version control is '%s'\n",
ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
return 0;
}
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-1999, 2001-2002, 2004-2005, 2009-2017 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
# include <stddef.h>
# include "verify.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof (Array) / sizeof *(Array))
/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
(argument list ends with a NULL guard). */
# define ARGMATCH_VERIFY(Arglist, Vallist) \
verify (ARRAY_CARDINALITY (Arglist) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY (Vallist) + 1)
/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
matches with ARG. If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
to the same values in VALLIST). */
ptrdiff_t argmatch (char const *arg, char const *const *arglist,
char const *vallist, size_t valsize) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
argmatch (Arg, Arglist, (char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails. This function should not
return. By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
in turn defaults to 'exit (exit_failure)'. */
typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) (void);
extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed. Report correct values. */
void argmatch_invalid (char const *context, char const *value,
ptrdiff_t problem);
/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
argmatch_invalid (Context, Value, Problem)
/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments. */
void argmatch_valid (char const *const *arglist,
char const *vallist, size_t valsize);
# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
argmatch_valid (Arglist, (char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
/* Same as argmatch, but upon failure, report an explanation of the
failure, and exit using the function EXIT_FN. */
ptrdiff_t __xargmatch_internal (char const *context,
char const *arg, char const *const *arglist,
char const *vallist, size_t valsize,
argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn);
/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
((Vallist) [__xargmatch_internal (Context, Arg, Arglist, \
(char const *) (Vallist), \
sizeof *(Vallist), \
argmatch_die)])
/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
char const *argmatch_to_argument (char const *value,
char const *const *arglist,
char const *vallist, size_t valsize)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist) \
argmatch_to_argument (Value, Arglist, \
(char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "vasnprintf.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
char *
asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
char *result;
va_start (args, format);
result = vasnprintf (resultbuf, lengthp, format, args);
va_end (args);
return result;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#ifdef IN_LIBASPRINTF
# include "vasprintf.h"
#else
# include <stdio.h>
#endif
#include <stdarg.h>
int
asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int result;
va_start (args, format);
result = vasprintf (resultp, format, args);
va_end (args);
return result;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
/* Run-time assert-like macros.
Copyright (C) 2014-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#ifndef _GL_ASSURE_H
#define _GL_ASSURE_H
#include <assert.h>
/* Check E's value at runtime, and report an error and abort if not.
However, do nothng if NDEBUG is defined.
Unlike standard 'assert', this macro always compiles E even when NDEBUG
is defined, so as to catch typos and avoid some GCC warnings. */
#ifdef NDEBUG
# define assure(E) ((void) (0 && (E)))
#else
# define assure(E) assert (E)
#endif
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#include <string.h>
/* Return the address of the last file name component of NAME. If
NAME has no relative file name components because it is a file
system root, return the empty string. */
char *
last_component (char const *name)
{
char const *base = name + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
char const *p;
bool saw_slash = false;
while (ISSLASH (*base))
base++;
for (p = base; *p; p++)
{
if (ISSLASH (*p))
saw_slash = true;
else if (saw_slash)
{
base = p;
saw_slash = false;
}
}
return (char *) base;
}
/* Return the length of the basename NAME. Typically NAME is the
value returned by base_name or last_component. Act like strlen
(NAME), except omit all trailing slashes. */
size_t
base_len (char const *name)
{
size_t len;
size_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
for (len = strlen (name); 1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]); len--)
continue;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && len == 1
&& ISSLASH (name[0]) && ISSLASH (name[1]) && ! name[2])
return 2;
if (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE && prefix_len
&& len == prefix_len && ISSLASH (name[prefix_len]))
return prefix_len + 1;
return len;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "xalloc.h"
#include "xstrndup.h"
char *
base_name (char const *name)
{
char const *base = last_component (name);
size_t length;
/* If there is no last component, then name is a file system root or the
empty string. */
if (! *base)
return xstrndup (name, base_len (name));
/* Collapse a sequence of trailing slashes into one. */
length = base_len (base);
if (ISSLASH (base[length]))
length++;
/* On systems with drive letters, "a/b:c" must return "./b:c" rather
than "b:c" to avoid confusion with a drive letter. On systems
with pure POSIX semantics, this is not an issue. */
if (FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (base))
{
char *p = xmalloc (length + 3);
p[0] = '.';
p[1] = '/';
memcpy (p + 2, base, length);
p[length + 2] = '\0';
return p;
}
/* Finally, copy the basename. */
return xstrndup (base, length);
}
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
/* Binary mode I/O.
Copyright 2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#define BINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
#include "binary-io.h"
#if defined __DJGPP__ || defined __EMX__
# include <errno.h>
# include <unistd.h>
int
__gl_setmode_check (int fd)
{
if (isatty (fd))
{
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
else
return 0;
}
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
/* Binary mode I/O.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _BINARY_H
#define _BINARY_H
/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
O_BINARY is guaranteed by the gnulib <fcntl.h>. */
#include <fcntl.h>
/* The MSVC7 <stdio.h> doesn't like to be included after '#define fileno ...',
so we include it here first. */
#include <stdio.h>
#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#error "Please include config.h first."
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#ifndef BINARY_IO_INLINE
# define BINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_INLINE
#endif
#if O_BINARY
# if defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ || defined __CYGWIN__
# include <io.h> /* declares setmode() */
# define __gl_setmode setmode
# else
# define __gl_setmode _setmode
# undef fileno
# define fileno _fileno
# endif
#else
/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the only choice. */
/* Use a function rather than a macro, to avoid gcc warnings
"warning: statement with no effect". */
BINARY_IO_INLINE int
__gl_setmode (int fd, int mode)
{
(void) fd;
(void) mode;
return O_BINARY;
}
#endif
#if defined __DJGPP__ || defined __EMX__
extern int __gl_setmode_check (int);
#else
BINARY_IO_INLINE int
__gl_setmode_check (int fd) { return 0; }
#endif
/* Set FD's mode to MODE, which should be either O_TEXT or O_BINARY.
Return the old mode if successful, -1 (setting errno) on failure.
Ordinarily this function would be called 'setmode', since that is
its name on MS-Windows, but it is called 'set_binary_mode' here
to avoid colliding with a BSD function of another name. */
BINARY_IO_INLINE int
set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode)
{
int r = __gl_setmode_check (fd);
return r != 0 ? r : __gl_setmode (fd, mode);
}
/* This macro is obsolescent. */
#define SET_BINARY(fd) ((void) set_binary_mode (fd, O_BINARY))
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
#endif /* _BINARY_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
#include <config.h>
#define BITROTATE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
#include "bitrotate.h"
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
/* bitrotate.h - Rotate bits in integers
Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Simon Josefsson <simon@josefsson.org>, 2008. */
#ifndef _GL_BITROTATE_H
#define _GL_BITROTATE_H
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#error "Please include config.h first."
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#ifndef BITROTATE_INLINE
# define BITROTATE_INLINE _GL_INLINE
#endif
#ifdef UINT64_MAX
/* Given an unsigned 64-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 and
63 inclusive. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint64_t
rotl64 (uint64_t x, int n)
{
return ((x << n) | (x >> (64 - n))) & UINT64_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 64-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be between 1 to
63 inclusive.*/
BITROTATE_INLINE uint64_t
rotr64 (uint64_t x, int n)
{
return ((x >> n) | (x << (64 - n))) & UINT64_MAX;
}
#endif
/* Given an unsigned 32-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 and
31 inclusive. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint32_t
rotl32 (uint32_t x, int n)
{
return ((x << n) | (x >> (32 - n))) & UINT32_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 32-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be between 1 to
31 inclusive.*/
BITROTATE_INLINE uint32_t
rotr32 (uint32_t x, int n)
{
return ((x >> n) | (x << (32 - n))) & UINT32_MAX;
}
/* Given a size_t argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 and
(CHAR_BIT * sizeof (size_t) - 1) inclusive. */
BITROTATE_INLINE size_t
rotl_sz (size_t x, int n)
{
return ((x << n) | (x >> ((CHAR_BIT * sizeof x) - n))) & SIZE_MAX;
}
/* Given a size_t argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be between 1 to
(CHAR_BIT * sizeof (size_t) - 1) inclusive. */
BITROTATE_INLINE size_t
rotr_sz (size_t x, int n)
{
return ((x >> n) | (x << ((CHAR_BIT * sizeof x) - n))) & SIZE_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 16-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 to
15 inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 16
because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
before shifting. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint16_t
rotl16 (uint16_t x, int n)
{
return ((x << n) | (x >> (16 - n))) & UINT16_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 16-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be in 1 to 15
inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 16
because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
before shifting. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint16_t
rotr16 (uint16_t x, int n)
{
return ((x >> n) | (x << (16 - n))) & UINT16_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 8-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 to 7
inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 8
because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
before shifting. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint8_t
rotl8 (uint8_t x, int n)
{
return ((x << n) | (x >> (8 - n))) & UINT8_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 8-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be in 1 to 7
inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 8
because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
before shifting. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint8_t
rotr8 (uint8_t x, int n)
{
return ((x >> n) | (x << (8 - n))) & UINT8_MAX;
}
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
#endif /* _GL_BITROTATE_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/* Convert unibyte character to wide character.
Copyright (C) 2008, 2010-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <wchar.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
wint_t
btowc (int c)
{
if (c != EOF)
{
char buf[1];
wchar_t wc;
buf[0] = c;
if (mbtowc (&wc, buf, 1) >= 0)
return wc;
}
return WEOF;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
/* C++ compatible function declaration macros.
Copyright (C) 2010-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
/* Begin/end the GNULIB_NAMESPACE namespace. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE {
# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE }
#else
# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE
#endif
/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
* For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
it exists:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if !@HAVE_FOO@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
* For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if @REPLACE_FOO@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef foo
# define foo rpl_foo
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
* For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if @REPLACE_FOO@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef foo
# define foo rpl_foo
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
# else
# if !@HAVE_FOO@ or if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
*/
/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
performs the declaration with C linkage. */
#if defined __cplusplus
# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
#else
# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
#endif
/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
Example:
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
*/
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
Example:
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
*/
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
Wrapping rpl_func in an object with an inline conversion operator
avoids a reference to rpl_func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
actually used in the program. */
#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return ::rpl_func; \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
declaration. A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
that would otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>(::rpl_func); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
Wrapping func in an object with an inline conversion operator
avoids a reference to func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
actually used in the program. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return ::func; \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>(::func); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2. Two consecutive casts
are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
errors that would otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
/* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways. */
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>((rettype2 (*) parameters2)(::func)); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. func must be defined without overloaded
variants. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
# if !__OPTIMIZE__
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
"The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
"Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
extern __typeof__ (func) func
# else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
# endif
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
# if !__OPTIMIZE__
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
"The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
"Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
extern __typeof__ (func) func
# else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
# endif
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
#include <config.h>
#define C_CTYPE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
#include "c-ctype.h"
@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
/* Character handling in C locale.
These functions work like the corresponding functions in <ctype.h>,
except that they have the C (POSIX) locale hardwired, whereas the
<ctype.h> functions' behaviour depends on the current locale set via
setlocale.
Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2006, 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef C_CTYPE_H
#define C_CTYPE_H
#include <stdbool.h>
#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#error "Please include config.h first."
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#ifndef C_CTYPE_INLINE
# define C_CTYPE_INLINE _GL_INLINE
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character
set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that).
Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII
character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it
is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII
characters. */
#if (' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
&& ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
&& (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
&& ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
&& ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
&& ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
&& ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
&& ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
&& ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
&& ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
&& ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
&& ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
&& ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
&& ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
&& ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
&& ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
&& ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
&& ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
&& ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
&& ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
&& ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
&& ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
&& ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126)
/* The character set is ASCII or one of its variants or extensions, not EBCDIC.
Testing the value of '\n' and '\r' is not relevant. */
# define C_CTYPE_ASCII 1
#elif ! (' ' == '\x40' && '0' == '\xf0' \
&& 'A' == '\xc1' && 'J' == '\xd1' && 'S' == '\xe2' \
&& 'a' == '\x81' && 'j' == '\x91' && 's' == '\xa2')
# error "Only ASCII and EBCDIC are supported"
#endif
#if 'A' < 0
# error "EBCDIC and char is signed -- not supported"
#endif
/* Cases for control characters. */
#define _C_CTYPE_CNTRL \
case '\a': case '\b': case '\f': case '\n': \
case '\r': case '\t': case '\v': \
_C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL
/* ASCII control characters other than those with \-letter escapes. */
#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
# define _C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL \
case '\x00': case '\x01': case '\x02': case '\x03': \
case '\x04': case '\x05': case '\x06': case '\x0e': \
case '\x0f': case '\x10': case '\x11': case '\x12': \
case '\x13': case '\x14': case '\x15': case '\x16': \
case '\x17': case '\x18': case '\x19': case '\x1a': \
case '\x1b': case '\x1c': case '\x1d': case '\x1e': \
case '\x1f': case '\x7f'
#else
/* Use EBCDIC code page 1047's assignments for ASCII control chars;
assume all EBCDIC code pages agree about these assignments. */
# define _C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL \
case '\x00': case '\x01': case '\x02': case '\x03': \
case '\x07': case '\x0e': case '\x0f': case '\x10': \
case '\x11': case '\x12': case '\x13': case '\x18': \
case '\x19': case '\x1c': case '\x1d': case '\x1e': \
case '\x1f': case '\x26': case '\x27': case '\x2d': \
case '\x2e': case '\x32': case '\x37': case '\x3c': \
case '\x3d': case '\x3f'
#endif
/* Cases for lowercase hex letters, and lowercase letters, all offset by N. */
#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N(N) \
case 'a' + (N): case 'b' + (N): case 'c' + (N): case 'd' + (N): \
case 'e' + (N): case 'f' + (N)
#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N(N) \
_C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N(N): \
case 'g' + (N): case 'h' + (N): case 'i' + (N): case 'j' + (N): \
case 'k' + (N): case 'l' + (N): case 'm' + (N): case 'n' + (N): \
case 'o' + (N): case 'p' + (N): case 'q' + (N): case 'r' + (N): \
case 's' + (N): case 't' + (N): case 'u' + (N): case 'v' + (N): \
case 'w' + (N): case 'x' + (N): case 'y' + (N): case 'z' + (N)
/* Cases for hex letters, digits, lower, punct, and upper. */
#define _C_CTYPE_A_THRU_F \
_C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N (0): \
_C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N ('A' - 'a')
#define _C_CTYPE_DIGIT \
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': \
case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': \
case '8': case '9'
#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N (0)
#define _C_CTYPE_PUNCT \
case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': \
case '%': case '&': case '\'': case '(': \
case ')': case '*': case '+': case ',': \
case '-': case '.': case '/': case ':': \
case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>': \
case '?': case '@': case '[': case '\\': \
case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`': \
case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~'
#define _C_CTYPE_UPPER _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N ('A' - 'a')
/* Function definitions. */
/* Unlike the functions in <ctype.h>, which require an argument in the range
of the 'unsigned char' type, the functions here operate on values that are
in the 'unsigned char' range or in the 'char' range. In other words,
when you have a 'char' value, you need to cast it before using it as
argument to a <ctype.h> function:
const char *s = ...;
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) *s)) ...
but you don't need to cast it for the functions defined in this file:
const char *s = ...;
if (c_isalpha (*s)) ...
*/
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isalnum (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isalpha (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
/* The function isascii is not locale dependent.
Its use in EBCDIC is questionable. */
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isascii (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
case ' ':
_C_CTYPE_CNTRL:
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isblank (int c)
{
return c == ' ' || c == '\t';
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_iscntrl (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_CNTRL:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isdigit (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isgraph (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_islower (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isprint (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
case ' ':
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_ispunct (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isspace (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\v': case '\f': case '\r':
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isupper (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isxdigit (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_A_THRU_F:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE int
c_tolower (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return c - 'A' + 'a';
default:
return c;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE int
c_toupper (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
return c - 'a' + 'A';
default:
return c;
}
}
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
#endif /* C_CTYPE_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
/* Stack overflow handling.
Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2006, 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
/* NOTES:
A program that uses alloca, dynamic arrays, or large local
variables may extend the stack by more than a page at a time. If
so, when the stack overflows the operating system may not detect
the overflow until the program uses the array, and this module may
incorrectly report a program error instead of a stack overflow.
To avoid this problem, allocate only small objects on the stack; a
program should be OK if it limits single allocations to a page or
less. Allocate larger arrays in static storage, or on the heap
(e.g., with malloc). Yes, this is a pain, but we don't know of any
better solution that is portable.
No attempt has been made to deal with multithreaded applications. */
#include <config.h>
#ifndef __attribute__
# if __GNUC__ < 3
# define __attribute__(x)
# endif
#endif
#include "gettext.h"
#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
#include <errno.h>
#include <signal.h>
#if ! HAVE_STACK_T && ! defined stack_t
typedef struct sigaltstack stack_t;
#endif
#ifndef SIGSTKSZ
# define SIGSTKSZ 16384
#elif HAVE_LIBSIGSEGV && SIGSTKSZ < 16384
/* libsigsegv 2.6 through 2.8 have a bug where some architectures use
more than the Linux default of an 8k alternate stack when deciding
if a fault was caused by stack overflow. */
# undef SIGSTKSZ
# define SIGSTKSZ 16384
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Posix 2001 declares ucontext_t in <ucontext.h>, Posix 200x in
<signal.h>. */
#if HAVE_UCONTEXT_H
# include <ucontext.h>
#endif
#include <unistd.h>
#if HAVE_LIBSIGSEGV
# include <sigsegv.h>
#endif
#include "c-stack.h"
#include "exitfail.h"
#include "ignore-value.h"
#include "getprogname.h"
#if defined SA_ONSTACK && defined SA_SIGINFO
# define SIGINFO_WORKS 1
#else
# define SIGINFO_WORKS 0
# ifndef SA_ONSTACK
# define SA_ONSTACK 0
# endif
#endif
/* The user-specified action to take when a SEGV-related program error
or stack overflow occurs. */
static void (* volatile segv_action) (int);
/* Translated messages for program errors and stack overflow. Do not
translate them in the signal handler, since gettext is not
async-signal-safe. */
static char const * volatile program_error_message;
static char const * volatile stack_overflow_message;
/* Output an error message, then exit with status EXIT_FAILURE if it
appears to have been a stack overflow, or with a core dump
otherwise. This function is async-signal-safe. */
static _Noreturn void
die (int signo)
{
char const *message;
#if !SIGINFO_WORKS && !HAVE_LIBSIGSEGV
/* We can't easily determine whether it is a stack overflow; so
assume that the rest of our program is perfect (!) and that
this segmentation violation is a stack overflow. */
signo = 0;
#endif /* !SIGINFO_WORKS && !HAVE_LIBSIGSEGV */
segv_action (signo);
message = signo ? program_error_message : stack_overflow_message;
ignore_value (write (STDERR_FILENO, getprogname (), strlen (getprogname ())));
ignore_value (write (STDERR_FILENO, ": ", 2));
ignore_value (write (STDERR_FILENO, message, strlen (message)));
ignore_value (write (STDERR_FILENO, "\n", 1));
if (! signo)
_exit (exit_failure);
raise (signo);
abort ();
}
#if (HAVE_SIGALTSTACK && HAVE_DECL_SIGALTSTACK \
&& HAVE_STACK_OVERFLOW_HANDLING) || HAVE_LIBSIGSEGV
/* Storage for the alternate signal stack. */
static union
{
char buffer[SIGSTKSZ];
/* These other members are for proper alignment. There's no
standard way to guarantee stack alignment, but this seems enough
in practice. */
long double ld;
long l;
void *p;
} alternate_signal_stack;
static void
null_action (int signo __attribute__ ((unused)))
{
}
#endif /* SIGALTSTACK || LIBSIGSEGV */
/* Only use libsigsegv if we need it; platforms like Solaris can
detect stack overflow without the overhead of an external
library. */
#if HAVE_LIBSIGSEGV && ! HAVE_XSI_STACK_OVERFLOW_HEURISTIC
/* Nonzero if general segv handler could not be installed. */
static volatile int segv_handler_missing;
/* Handle a segmentation violation and exit if it cannot be stack
overflow. This function is async-signal-safe. */
static int segv_handler (void *address __attribute__ ((unused)),
int serious)
{
# if DEBUG
{
char buf[1024];
sprintf (buf, "segv_handler serious=%d\n", serious);
write (STDERR_FILENO, buf, strlen (buf));
}
# endif
/* If this fault is not serious, return 0 to let the stack overflow
handler take a shot at it. */
if (!serious)
return 0;
die (SIGSEGV);
}
/* Handle a segmentation violation that is likely to be a stack
overflow and exit. This function is async-signal-safe. */
static _Noreturn void
overflow_handler (int emergency,
stackoverflow_context_t context __attribute__ ((unused)))
{
# if DEBUG
{
char buf[1024];
sprintf (buf, "overflow_handler emergency=%d segv_handler_missing=%d\n",
emergency, segv_handler_missing);
write (STDERR_FILENO, buf, strlen (buf));
}
# endif
die ((!emergency || segv_handler_missing) ? 0 : SIGSEGV);
}
int
c_stack_action (void (*action) (int))
{
segv_action = action ? action : null_action;
program_error_message = _("program error");
stack_overflow_message = _("stack overflow");
/* Always install the overflow handler. */
if (stackoverflow_install_handler (overflow_handler,
alternate_signal_stack.buffer,
sizeof alternate_signal_stack.buffer))
{
errno = ENOTSUP;
return -1;
}
/* Try installing a general handler; if it fails, then treat all
segv as stack overflow. */
segv_handler_missing = sigsegv_install_handler (segv_handler);
return 0;
}
#elif HAVE_SIGALTSTACK && HAVE_DECL_SIGALTSTACK && HAVE_STACK_OVERFLOW_HANDLING
# if SIGINFO_WORKS
/* Handle a segmentation violation and exit. This function is
async-signal-safe. */
static _Noreturn void
segv_handler (int signo, siginfo_t *info,
void *context __attribute__ ((unused)))
{
/* Clear SIGNO if it seems to have been a stack overflow. */
# if ! HAVE_XSI_STACK_OVERFLOW_HEURISTIC
/* We can't easily determine whether it is a stack overflow; so
assume that the rest of our program is perfect (!) and that
this segmentation violation is a stack overflow.
Note that although both Linux and Solaris provide
sigaltstack, SA_ONSTACK, and SA_SIGINFO, currently only
Solaris satisfies the XSI heuristic. This is because
Solaris populates uc_stack with the details of the
interrupted stack, while Linux populates it with the details
of the current stack. */
signo = 0;
# else
if (0 < info->si_code)
{
/* If the faulting address is within the stack, or within one
page of the stack, assume that it is a stack overflow. */
ucontext_t const *user_context = context;
char const *stack_base = user_context->uc_stack.ss_sp;
size_t stack_size = user_context->uc_stack.ss_size;
char const *faulting_address = info->si_addr;
size_t page_size = sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE);
size_t s = faulting_address - stack_base + page_size;
if (s < stack_size + 2 * page_size)
signo = 0;
# if DEBUG
{
char buf[1024];
sprintf (buf,
"segv_handler fault=%p base=%p size=%lx page=%lx signo=%d\n",
faulting_address, stack_base, (unsigned long) stack_size,
(unsigned long) page_size, signo);
write (STDERR_FILENO, buf, strlen (buf));
}
# endif
}
# endif
die (signo);
}
# endif
int
c_stack_action (void (*action) (int))
{
int r;
stack_t st;
struct sigaction act;
st.ss_flags = 0;
# if SIGALTSTACK_SS_REVERSED
/* Irix mistakenly treats ss_sp as the upper bound, rather than
lower bound, of the alternate stack. */
st.ss_sp = alternate_signal_stack.buffer + SIGSTKSZ - sizeof (void *);
st.ss_size = sizeof alternate_signal_stack.buffer - sizeof (void *);
# else
st.ss_sp = alternate_signal_stack.buffer;
st.ss_size = sizeof alternate_signal_stack.buffer;
# endif
r = sigaltstack (&st, NULL);
if (r != 0)
return r;
segv_action = action ? action : null_action;
program_error_message = _("program error");
stack_overflow_message = _("stack overflow");
sigemptyset (&act.sa_mask);
# if SIGINFO_WORKS
/* POSIX 1003.1-2001 says SA_RESETHAND implies SA_NODEFER, but
this is not true on Solaris 8 at least. It doesn't hurt to use
SA_NODEFER here, so leave it in. */
act.sa_flags = SA_NODEFER | SA_ONSTACK | SA_RESETHAND | SA_SIGINFO;
act.sa_sigaction = segv_handler;
# else
act.sa_flags = SA_NODEFER | SA_ONSTACK | SA_RESETHAND;
act.sa_handler = die;
# endif
# if FAULT_YIELDS_SIGBUS
if (sigaction (SIGBUS, &act, NULL) < 0)
return -1;
# endif
return sigaction (SIGSEGV, &act, NULL);
}
#else /* ! ((HAVE_SIGALTSTACK && HAVE_DECL_SIGALTSTACK
&& HAVE_STACK_OVERFLOW_HANDLING) || HAVE_LIBSIGSEGV) */
int
c_stack_action (void (*action) (int) __attribute__ ((unused)))
{
errno = ENOTSUP;
return -1;
}
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/* Stack overflow handling.
Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Set up ACTION so that it is invoked on C stack overflow and on other,
stack-unrelated, segmentation violation.
Return -1 (setting errno) if this cannot be done.
When a stack overflow or segmentation violation occurs:
1) ACTION is called. It is passed an argument equal to
- 0, for a stack overflow,
- SIGSEGV, for a segmentation violation that does not appear related
to stack overflow.
On many platforms the two cases are hard to distinguish; when in doubt,
zero is passed.
2) If ACTION returns, a message is written to standard error, and the
program is terminated: in the case of stack overflow, with exit code
exit_failure (see "exitfail.h"), otherwise through a signal SIGSEGV.
A null ACTION acts like an action that does nothing.
ACTION must be async-signal-safe. ACTION together with its callees
must not require more than SIGSTKSZ bytes of stack space. Also,
ACTION should not call longjmp, because this implementation does
not guarantee that it is safe to return to the original stack.
This function may install a handler for the SIGSEGV signal or for the SIGBUS
signal or exercise other system dependent exception handling APIs. */
extern int c_stack_action (void (* /*action*/) (int));
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* Case-insensitive string comparison functions in C locale.
Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2017 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef C_STRCASE_H
#define C_STRCASE_H
#include <stddef.h>
/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character
set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that).
Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII
character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it
is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII
characters. More precisely, one of the string arguments must be an ASCII
string; the other one can also contain non-ASCII characters (but then
the comparison result will be nonzero). */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Compare strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater
than S2. */
extern int c_strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
/* Compare no more than N characters of strings S1 and S2, ignoring case,
returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is
lexicographically less than, equal to or greater than S2. */
extern int c_strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* C_STRCASE_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* c-strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator in C locale
Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "c-strcase.h"
#include <limits.h>
#include "c-ctype.h"
int
c_strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
{
register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
unsigned char c1, c2;
if (p1 == p2)
return 0;
do
{
c1 = c_tolower (*p1);
c2 = c_tolower (*p2);
if (c1 == '\0')
break;
++p1;
++p2;
}
while (c1 == c2);
if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
return c1 - c2;
else
/* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
doesn't fit in an 'int'. */
return (c1 > c2 ? 1 : c1 < c2 ? -1 : 0);
}
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
/* Optimized case-insensitive string comparison in C locale.
Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
#include "c-strcase.h"
#include "c-ctype.h"
/* STRCASEEQ allows to optimize string comparison with a small literal string.
STRCASEEQ (s, "UTF-8", 'U','T','F','-','8',0,0,0,0)
is semantically equivalent to
c_strcasecmp (s, "UTF-8") == 0
just faster. */
/* Help GCC to generate good code for string comparisons with
immediate strings. */
#if defined (__GNUC__) && defined (__OPTIMIZE__)
/* Case insensitive comparison of ASCII characters. */
# if C_CTYPE_ASCII
# define CASEEQ(other,upper) \
(c_isupper (upper) ? ((other) & ~0x20) == (upper) : (other) == (upper))
# else
# define CASEEQ(other,upper) \
(c_toupper (other) == (upper))
# endif
static inline int
strcaseeq9 (const char *s1, const char *s2)
{
return c_strcasecmp (s1 + 9, s2 + 9) == 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq8 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[8], s28))
{
if (s28 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq9 (s1, s2);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq7 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[7], s27))
{
if (s27 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq8 (s1, s2, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq6 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[6], s26))
{
if (s26 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq7 (s1, s2, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq5 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[5], s25))
{
if (s25 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq6 (s1, s2, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq4 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[4], s24))
{
if (s24 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq5 (s1, s2, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq3 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[3], s23))
{
if (s23 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq4 (s1, s2, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq2 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[2], s22))
{
if (s22 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq3 (s1, s2, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq1 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[1], s21))
{
if (s21 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq2 (s1, s2, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq0 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s20, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[0], s20))
{
if (s20 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq1 (s1, s2, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
#define STRCASEEQ(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \
strcaseeq0 (s1, s2, s20, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28)
#else
#define STRCASEEQ(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \
(c_strcasecmp (s1, s2) == 0)
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* c-strncasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator in C locale
Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "c-strcase.h"
#include <limits.h>
#include "c-ctype.h"
int
c_strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
{
register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
unsigned char c1, c2;
if (p1 == p2 || n == 0)
return 0;
do
{
c1 = c_tolower (*p1);
c2 = c_tolower (*p2);
if (--n == 0 || c1 == '\0')
break;
++p1;
++p2;
}
while (c1 == c2);
if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
return c1 - c2;
else
/* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
doesn't fit in an 'int'. */
return (c1 > c2 ? 1 : c1 < c2 ? -1 : 0);
}
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
/* Read symbolic links into a buffer without size limitation, relative to fd.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2004, 2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Jim Meyering. */
#include <config.h>
#include "careadlinkat.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* Define this independently so that stdint.h is not a prerequisite. */
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
#endif
#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
# define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2))
#endif
#include "allocator.h"
/* Assuming the current directory is FD, get the symbolic link value
of FILENAME as a null-terminated string and put it into a buffer.
If FD is AT_FDCWD, FILENAME is interpreted relative to the current
working directory, as in openat.
If the link is small enough to fit into BUFFER put it there.
BUFFER's size is BUFFER_SIZE, and BUFFER can be null
if BUFFER_SIZE is zero.
If the link is not small, put it into a dynamically allocated
buffer managed by ALLOC. It is the caller's responsibility to free
the returned value if it is nonnull and is not BUFFER. A null
ALLOC stands for the standard allocator.
The PREADLINKAT function specifies how to read links. It operates
like POSIX readlinkat()
<http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/readlink.html>
but can assume that its first argument is the same as FD.
If successful, return the buffer address; otherwise return NULL and
set errno. */
char *
careadlinkat (int fd, char const *filename,
char *buffer, size_t buffer_size,
struct allocator const *alloc,
ssize_t (*preadlinkat) (int, char const *, char *, size_t))
{
char *buf;
size_t buf_size;
size_t buf_size_max =
SSIZE_MAX < SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) SSIZE_MAX + 1 : SIZE_MAX;
char stack_buf[1024];
if (! alloc)
alloc = &stdlib_allocator;
if (! buffer_size)
{
/* Allocate the initial buffer on the stack. This way, in the
common case of a symlink of small size, we get away with a
single small malloc() instead of a big malloc() followed by a
shrinking realloc(). */
buffer = stack_buf;
buffer_size = sizeof stack_buf;
}
buf = buffer;
buf_size = buffer_size;
do
{
/* Attempt to read the link into the current buffer. */
ssize_t link_length = preadlinkat (fd, filename, buf, buf_size);
size_t link_size;
if (link_length < 0)
{
/* On AIX 5L v5.3 and HP-UX 11i v2 04/09, readlink returns -1
with errno == ERANGE if the buffer is too small. */
int readlinkat_errno = errno;
if (readlinkat_errno != ERANGE)
{
if (buf != buffer)
{
alloc->free (buf);
errno = readlinkat_errno;
}
return NULL;
}
}
link_size = link_length;
if (link_size < buf_size)
{
buf[link_size++] = '\0';
if (buf == stack_buf)
{
char *b = (char *) alloc->allocate (link_size);
buf_size = link_size;
if (! b)
break;
memcpy (b, buf, link_size);
buf = b;
}
else if (link_size < buf_size && buf != buffer && alloc->reallocate)
{
/* Shrink BUF before returning it. */
char *b = (char *) alloc->reallocate (buf, link_size);
if (b)
buf = b;
}
return buf;
}
if (buf != buffer)
alloc->free (buf);
if (buf_size <= buf_size_max / 2)
buf_size *= 2;
else if (buf_size < buf_size_max)
buf_size = buf_size_max;
else if (buf_size_max < SIZE_MAX)
{
errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
return NULL;
}
else
break;
buf = (char *) alloc->allocate (buf_size);
}
while (buf);
if (alloc->die)
alloc->die (buf_size);
errno = ENOMEM;
return NULL;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
/* Read symbolic links into a buffer without size limitation, relative to fd.
Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Jim Meyering. */
#ifndef _GL_CAREADLINKAT_H
#define _GL_CAREADLINKAT_H
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
struct allocator;
/* Assuming the current directory is FD, get the symbolic link value
of FILENAME as a null-terminated string and put it into a buffer.
If FD is AT_FDCWD, FILENAME is interpreted relative to the current
working directory, as in openat.
If the link is small enough to fit into BUFFER put it there.
BUFFER's size is BUFFER_SIZE, and BUFFER can be null
if BUFFER_SIZE is zero.
If the link is not small, put it into a dynamically allocated
buffer managed by ALLOC. It is the caller's responsibility to free
the returned value if it is nonnull and is not BUFFER.
The PREADLINKAT function specifies how to read links. It operates
like POSIX readlinkat()
<http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/readlink.html>
but can assume that its first argument is the same as FD.
If successful, return the buffer address; otherwise return NULL and
set errno. */
char *careadlinkat (int fd, char const *filename,
char *buffer, size_t buffer_size,
struct allocator const *alloc,
ssize_t (*preadlinkat) (int, char const *,
char *, size_t));
/* Suitable value for careadlinkat's FD argument. */
#if HAVE_READLINKAT
/* AT_FDCWD is declared in <fcntl.h>. */
#else
/* Define AT_FDCWD independently, so that the careadlinkat module does
not depend on the fcntl-h module. We might as well use the same value
as fcntl-h. */
# ifndef AT_FDCWD
# define AT_FDCWD (-3041965)
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _GL_CAREADLINKAT_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/* close replacement.
Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <unistd.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include "fd-hook.h"
#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
# include "msvc-inval.h"
#endif
#undef close
#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
static int
close_nothrow (int fd)
{
int result;
TRY_MSVC_INVAL
{
result = close (fd);
}
CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
{
result = -1;
errno = EBADF;
}
DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
return result;
}
#else
# define close_nothrow close
#endif
/* Override close() to call into other gnulib modules. */
int
rpl_close (int fd)
{
#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
int retval = execute_all_close_hooks (close_nothrow, fd);
#else
int retval = close_nothrow (fd);
#endif
#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
if (retval >= 0)
_gl_unregister_fd (fd);
#endif
return retval;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
/* Buffer primitives for comparison operations.
Copyright (C) 1993, 1995, 1998, 2001-2002, 2006, 2009-2013, 2015-2017 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <signal.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "cmpbuf.h"
#include "intprops.h"
#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
# define SSIZE_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (ssize_t)
#endif
#undef MIN
#define MIN(a, b) ((a) <= (b) ? (a) : (b))
/* Read NBYTES bytes from descriptor FD into BUF.
NBYTES must not be SIZE_MAX.
Return the number of characters successfully read.
On error, return SIZE_MAX, setting errno.
The number returned is always NBYTES unless end-of-file or error. */
size_t
block_read (int fd, char *buf, size_t nbytes)
{
char *bp = buf;
char const *buflim = buf + nbytes;
size_t readlim = MIN (SSIZE_MAX, SIZE_MAX);
do
{
size_t bytes_remaining = buflim - bp;
size_t bytes_to_read = MIN (bytes_remaining, readlim);
ssize_t nread = read (fd, bp, bytes_to_read);
if (nread <= 0)
{
if (nread == 0)
break;
/* Accommodate Tru64 5.1, which can't read more than INT_MAX
bytes at a time. They call that a 64-bit OS? */
if (errno == EINVAL && INT_MAX < bytes_to_read)
{
readlim = INT_MAX;
continue;
}
/* This is needed for programs that have signal handlers on
older hosts without SA_RESTART. It also accommodates
ancient AIX hosts that set errno to EINTR after uncaught
SIGCONT. See <news:1r77ojINN85n@ftp.UU.NET>
(1993-04-22). */
//if (! SA_RESTART && errno == EINTR)
// continue;
return SIZE_MAX;
}
bp += nread;
}
while (bp < buflim);
return bp - buf;
}
/* Least common multiple of two buffer sizes A and B. However, if
either A or B is zero, or if the multiple is greater than LCM_MAX,
return a reasonable buffer size. */
size_t
buffer_lcm (size_t a, size_t b, size_t lcm_max)
{
size_t lcm, m, n, q, r;
/* Yield reasonable values if buffer sizes are zero. */
if (!a)
return b ? b : 8 * 1024;
if (!b)
return a;
/* n = gcd (a, b) */
for (m = a, n = b; (r = m % n) != 0; m = n, n = r)
continue;
/* Yield a if there is an overflow. */
q = a / n;
lcm = q * b;
return lcm <= lcm_max && lcm / b == q ? lcm : a;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
/* Buffer primitives for comparison operations.
Copyright (C) 2002, 2009-2013, 2015-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
size_t block_read (int, char *, size_t);
size_t buffer_lcm (size_t, size_t, size_t) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
@@ -0,0 +1,682 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
# with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# The table consists of lines of the form
# ALIAS CANONICAL
#
# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
#
# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
# MIME charset name is preferred.
# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
#
# name MIME? used by which systems
# (darwin = Mac OS X, woe32 = native Windows)
#
# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-1 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-2 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-3 Y glibc solaris cygwin
# ISO-8859-4 Y osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-5 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-6 Y glibc aix hpux solaris cygwin
# ISO-8859-7 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris cygwin
# ISO-8859-9 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-13 glibc netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-14 glibc cygwin
# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# KOI8-R Y glibc solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin
# KOI8-U Y glibc freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# KOI8-T glibc
# CP437 dos
# CP775 dos
# CP850 aix osf dos
# CP852 dos
# CP855 dos
# CP856 aix
# CP857 dos
# CP861 dos
# CP862 dos
# CP864 dos
# CP865 dos
# CP866 freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin dos
# CP869 dos
# CP874 woe32 dos
# CP922 aix
# CP932 aix cygwin woe32 dos
# CP943 aix
# CP949 osf darwin woe32 dos
# CP950 woe32 dos
# CP1046 aix
# CP1124 aix
# CP1125 dos
# CP1129 aix
# CP1131 darwin
# CP1250 woe32
# CP1251 glibc solaris netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin woe32
# CP1252 aix woe32
# CP1253 woe32
# CP1254 woe32
# CP1255 glibc woe32
# CP1256 woe32
# CP1257 woe32
# GB2312 Y glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# EUC-JP Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# EUC-KR Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin
# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd
# BIG5 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin
# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris darwin
# GBK glibc aix osf solaris darwin cygwin woe32 dos
# GB18030 glibc solaris netbsd darwin
# SHIFT_JIS Y hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32
# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris cygwin
# VISCII Y glibc
# TCVN5712-1 glibc
# ARMSCII-8 glibc darwin
# GEORGIAN-PS glibc cygwin
# PT154 glibc
# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
# HP-GREEK8 hpux
# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
# HP-KANA8 hpux
# DEC-KANJI osf
# DEC-HANYU osf
# UTF-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris netbsd darwin cygwin
#
# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
#
# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
host="$1"
os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
# List of references, updated during installation:
echo "# Packages using this file: "
case "$os" in
linux-gnulibc1*)
# Linux libc5 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
echo "POSIX ASCII"
for l in af af_ZA ca ca_ES da da_DK de de_AT de_BE de_CH de_DE de_LU \
en en_AU en_BW en_CA en_DK en_GB en_IE en_NZ en_US en_ZA \
en_ZW es es_AR es_BO es_CL es_CO es_DO es_EC es_ES es_GT \
es_HN es_MX es_PA es_PE es_PY es_SV es_US es_UY es_VE et \
et_EE eu eu_ES fi fi_FI fo fo_FO fr fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR \
fr_LU ga ga_IE gl gl_ES id id_ID in in_ID is is_IS it it_CH \
it_IT kl kl_GL nl nl_BE nl_NL no no_NO pt pt_BR pt_PT sv \
sv_FI sv_SE; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.iso-8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.iso-8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l.iso-8859-15@euro ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l@euro ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l.cp-437 CP437"
echo "$l.cp-850 CP850"
echo "$l.cp-1252 CP1252"
echo "$l.cp-1252@euro CP1252"
#echo "$l.atari-st ATARI-ST" # not a commonly used encoding
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
done
for l in cs cs_CZ hr hr_HR hu hu_HU pl pl_PL ro ro_RO sk sk_SK sl \
sl_SI sr sr_CS sr_YU; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-2"
echo "$l.iso-8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "$l.cp-852 CP852"
echo "$l.cp-1250 CP1250"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in mk mk_MK ru ru_RU; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.iso-8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.koi8-r KOI8-R"
echo "$l.cp-866 CP866"
echo "$l.cp-1251 CP1251"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in ar ar_SA; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-6"
echo "$l.iso-8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "$l.cp-864 CP864"
#echo "$l.cp-868 CP868" # not a commonly used encoding
echo "$l.cp-1256 CP1256"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in el el_GR gr gr_GR; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-7"
echo "$l.iso-8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "$l.cp-869 CP869"
echo "$l.cp-1253 CP1253"
echo "$l.cp-1253@euro CP1253"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
done
for l in he he_IL iw iw_IL; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-8"
echo "$l.iso-8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "$l.cp-862 CP862"
echo "$l.cp-1255 CP1255"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in tr tr_TR; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-9"
echo "$l.iso-8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "$l.cp-857 CP857"
echo "$l.cp-1254 CP1254"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in lt lt_LT lv lv_LV; do
#echo "$l BALTIC" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
echo "$l ISO-8859-13"
done
for l in ru_UA uk uk_UA; do
echo "$l KOI8-U"
done
for l in zh zh_CN; do
#echo "$l GB_2312-80" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
echo "$l GB2312"
done
for l in ja ja_JP ja_JP.EUC; do
echo "$l EUC-JP"
done
for l in ko ko_KR; do
echo "$l EUC-KR"
done
for l in th th_TH; do
echo "$l TIS-620"
done
for l in fa fa_IR; do
#echo "$l ISIRI-3342" # a broken encoding
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
;;
linux* | *-gnu*)
# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
# need to install the alias file at all.
# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
;;
aix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "IBM-850 CP850"
echo "IBM-856 CP856"
echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
echo "IBM-922 CP922"
echo "IBM-932 CP932"
echo "IBM-943 CP943"
echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
hpux*)
echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
echo "tis620 TIS-620"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "hp15CN GB2312"
#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "utf8 UTF-8"
;;
irix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
;;
osf*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "cp850 CP850"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
echo "dechanzi GB2312"
echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "KSC5601 CP949"
echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
solaris*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
echo "ansi-1251 CP1251"
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
echo "gb2312 GB2312"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "GB18030 GB18030"
echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
echo "5601 EUC-KR"
echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
freebsd*)
# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
done
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
done
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
done
for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
done
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
;;
netbsd*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
;;
openbsd*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
;;
darwin[56]*)
# Darwin 6.8 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
for l in en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US la_LN; do
echo "$l.US-ASCII ASCII"
done
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT nl_BE \
nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in la_LN; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
done
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
done
for l in ru_RU; do
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "$l.ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
done
for l in bg_BG; do
echo "$l.CP1251 CP1251"
done
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
;;
darwin*)
# Darwin 7.5 has nl_langinfo(CODESET), but sometimes its value is
# useless:
# - It returns the empty string when LANG is set to a locale of the
# form ll_CC, although ll_CC/LC_CTYPE is a symlink to an UTF-8
# LC_CTYPE file.
# - The environment variables LANG, LC_CTYPE, LC_ALL are not set by
# the system; nl_langinfo(CODESET) returns "US-ASCII" in this case.
# - The documentation says:
# "... all code that calls BSD system routines should ensure
# that the const *char parameters of these routines are in UTF-8
# encoding. All BSD system functions expect their string
# parameters to be in UTF-8 encoding and nothing else."
# It also says
# "An additional caveat is that string parameters for files,
# paths, and other file-system entities must be in canonical
# UTF-8. In a canonical UTF-8 Unicode string, all decomposable
# characters are decomposed ..."
# but this is not true: You can pass non-decomposed UTF-8 strings
# to file system functions, and it is the OS which will convert
# them to decomposed UTF-8 before accessing the file system.
# - The Apple Terminal application displays UTF-8 by default.
# - However, other applications are free to use different encodings:
# - xterm uses ISO-8859-1 by default.
# - TextEdit uses MacRoman by default.
# We prefer UTF-8 over decomposed UTF-8-MAC because one should
# minimize the use of decomposed Unicode. Unfortunately, through the
# Darwin file system, decomposed UTF-8 strings are leaked into user
# space nevertheless.
# Then there are also the locales with encodings other than US-ASCII
# and UTF-8. These locales can be occasionally useful to users (e.g.
# when grepping through ISO-8859-1 encoded text files), when all their
# file names are in US-ASCII.
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "CP866 CP866"
echo "CP949 CP949"
echo "CP1131 CP1131"
echo "CP1251 CP1251"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "GB2312 GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "Big5 BIG5"
echo "Big5HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "GB18030 GB18030"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ARMSCII-8 ARMSCII-8"
echo "PT154 PT154"
#echo "ISCII-DEV ?"
echo "* UTF-8"
;;
beos* | haiku*)
# BeOS and Haiku have a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
echo "* UTF-8"
;;
msdosdjgpp*)
# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "#"
echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <juan.guerrero@gmx.de>"
echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>."
echo "#"
echo "C ASCII"
# ISO-8859-1 languages
echo "ca CP850"
echo "ca_ES CP850"
echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "de CP850"
echo "de_AT CP850"
echo "de_CH CP850"
echo "de_DE CP850"
echo "en CP850"
echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "en_CA CP850"
echo "en_GB CP850"
echo "en_NZ CP437"
echo "en_US CP437"
echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "es CP850"
echo "es_AR CP850"
echo "es_BO CP850"
echo "es_CL CP850"
echo "es_CO CP850"
echo "es_CR CP850"
echo "es_CU CP850"
echo "es_DO CP850"
echo "es_EC CP850"
echo "es_ES CP850"
echo "es_GT CP850"
echo "es_HN CP850"
echo "es_MX CP850"
echo "es_NI CP850"
echo "es_PA CP850"
echo "es_PY CP850"
echo "es_PE CP850"
echo "es_SV CP850"
echo "es_UY CP850"
echo "es_VE CP850"
echo "et CP850"
echo "et_EE CP850"
echo "eu CP850"
echo "eu_ES CP850"
echo "fi CP850"
echo "fi_FI CP850"
echo "fr CP850"
echo "fr_BE CP850"
echo "fr_CA CP850"
echo "fr_CH CP850"
echo "fr_FR CP850"
echo "ga CP850"
echo "ga_IE CP850"
echo "gd CP850"
echo "gd_GB CP850"
echo "gl CP850"
echo "gl_ES CP850"
echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "it CP850"
echo "it_CH CP850"
echo "it_IT CP850"
echo "lt CP775"
echo "lt_LT CP775"
echo "lv CP775"
echo "lv_LV CP775"
echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nl CP850"
echo "nl_BE CP850"
echo "nl_NL CP850"
echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "pt CP850"
echo "pt_BR CP850"
echo "pt_PT CP850"
echo "sv CP850"
echo "sv_SE CP850"
# ISO-8859-2 languages
echo "cs CP852"
echo "cs_CZ CP852"
echo "hr CP852"
echo "hr_HR CP852"
echo "hu CP852"
echo "hu_HU CP852"
echo "pl CP852"
echo "pl_PL CP852"
echo "ro CP852"
echo "ro_RO CP852"
echo "sk CP852"
echo "sk_SK CP852"
echo "sl CP852"
echo "sl_SI CP852"
echo "sq CP852"
echo "sq_AL CP852"
echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
echo "sr_CS CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
# ISO-8859-3 languages
echo "mt CP850"
echo "mt_MT CP850"
# ISO-8859-5 languages
echo "be CP866"
echo "be_BE CP866"
echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "ru CP866"
echo "ru_RU CP866"
echo "uk CP1125"
echo "uk_UA CP1125"
# ISO-8859-6 languages
echo "ar CP864"
echo "ar_AE CP864"
echo "ar_DZ CP864"
echo "ar_EG CP864"
echo "ar_IQ CP864"
echo "ar_IR CP864"
echo "ar_JO CP864"
echo "ar_KW CP864"
echo "ar_MA CP864"
echo "ar_OM CP864"
echo "ar_QA CP864"
echo "ar_SA CP864"
echo "ar_SY CP864"
# ISO-8859-7 languages
echo "el CP869"
echo "el_GR CP869"
# ISO-8859-8 languages
echo "he CP862"
echo "he_IL CP862"
# ISO-8859-9 languages
echo "tr CP857"
echo "tr_TR CP857"
# Japanese
echo "ja CP932"
echo "ja_JP CP932"
# Chinese
echo "zh_CN GBK"
echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
# Korean
echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
# Thai
echo "th CP874"
echo "th_TH CP874"
# Other
echo "eo CP850"
echo "eo_EO CP850"
;;
esac
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/* A substitute for ISO C99 <ctype.h>, for platforms on which it is incomplete.
Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible. */
/*
* ISO C 99 <ctype.h> for platforms on which it is incomplete.
* <http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/ctype.h.html>
*/
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* Include the original <ctype.h>. */
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_CTYPE_H@
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H
/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
/* Return non-zero if c is a blank, i.e. a space or tab character. */
#if @GNULIB_ISBLANK@
# if !@HAVE_ISBLANK@
_GL_EXTERN_C int isblank (int c);
# endif
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef isblank
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ISBLANK
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (isblank, "isblank is unportable - "
"use gnulib module isblank for portability");
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,525 @@
/* Analyze differences between two vectors.
Copyright (C) 1988-1989, 1992-1995, 2001-2004, 2006-2017 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* The basic idea is to consider two vectors as similar if, when
transforming the first vector into the second vector through a
sequence of edits (inserts and deletes of one element each),
this sequence is short - or equivalently, if the ordered list
of elements that are untouched by these edits is long. For a
good introduction to the subject, read about the "Levenshtein
distance" in Wikipedia.
The basic algorithm is described in:
"An O(ND) Difference Algorithm and its Variations", Eugene W. Myers,
Algorithmica Vol. 1, 1986, pp. 251-266,
<http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/BF01840446>.
See especially section 4.2, which describes the variation used below.
The basic algorithm was independently discovered as described in:
"Algorithms for Approximate String Matching", Esko Ukkonen,
Information and Control Vol. 64, 1985, pp. 100-118,
<http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0019-9958(85)80046-2>.
Unless the 'find_minimal' flag is set, this code uses the TOO_EXPENSIVE
heuristic, by Paul Eggert, to limit the cost to O(N**1.5 log N)
at the price of producing suboptimal output for large inputs with
many differences. */
/* Before including this file, you need to define:
ELEMENT The element type of the vectors being compared.
EQUAL A two-argument macro that tests two elements for
equality.
OFFSET A signed integer type sufficient to hold the
difference between two indices. Usually
something like ptrdiff_t.
EXTRA_CONTEXT_FIELDS Declarations of fields for 'struct context'.
NOTE_DELETE(ctxt, xoff) Record the removal of the object xvec[xoff].
NOTE_INSERT(ctxt, yoff) Record the insertion of the object yvec[yoff].
EARLY_ABORT(ctxt) (Optional) A boolean expression that triggers an
early abort of the computation.
USE_HEURISTIC (Optional) Define if you want to support the
heuristic for large vectors.
It is also possible to use this file with abstract arrays. In this case,
xvec and yvec are not represented in memory. They only exist conceptually.
In this case, the list of defines above is amended as follows:
ELEMENT Undefined.
EQUAL Undefined.
XVECREF_YVECREF_EQUAL(ctxt, xoff, yoff)
A three-argument macro: References xvec[xoff] and
yvec[yoff] and tests these elements for equality.
Before including this file, you also need to include:
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "minmax.h"
*/
/* Maximum value of type OFFSET. */
#define OFFSET_MAX \
((((OFFSET)1 << (sizeof (OFFSET) * CHAR_BIT - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1)
/* Default to no early abort. */
#ifndef EARLY_ABORT
# define EARLY_ABORT(ctxt) false
#endif
/* Use this to suppress gcc's "...may be used before initialized" warnings.
Beware: The Code argument must not contain commas. */
#ifndef IF_LINT
# if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
# define IF_LINT(Code) Code
# else
# define IF_LINT(Code) /* empty */
# endif
#endif
/* As above, but when Code must contain one comma. */
#ifndef IF_LINT2
# if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
# define IF_LINT2(Code1, Code2) Code1, Code2
# else
# define IF_LINT2(Code1, Code2) /* empty */
# endif
#endif
/*
* Context of comparison operation.
*/
struct context
{
#ifdef ELEMENT
/* Vectors being compared. */
ELEMENT const *xvec;
ELEMENT const *yvec;
#endif
/* Extra fields. */
EXTRA_CONTEXT_FIELDS
/* Vector, indexed by diagonal, containing 1 + the X coordinate of the point
furthest along the given diagonal in the forward search of the edit
matrix. */
OFFSET *fdiag;
/* Vector, indexed by diagonal, containing the X coordinate of the point
furthest along the given diagonal in the backward search of the edit
matrix. */
OFFSET *bdiag;
#ifdef USE_HEURISTIC
/* This corresponds to the diff --speed-large-files flag. With this
heuristic, for vectors with a constant small density of changes,
the algorithm is linear in the vector size. */
bool heuristic;
#endif
/* Edit scripts longer than this are too expensive to compute. */
OFFSET too_expensive;
/* Snakes bigger than this are considered "big". */
#define SNAKE_LIMIT 20
};
struct partition
{
/* Midpoints of this partition. */
OFFSET xmid;
OFFSET ymid;
/* True if low half will be analyzed minimally. */
bool lo_minimal;
/* Likewise for high half. */
bool hi_minimal;
};
/* Find the midpoint of the shortest edit script for a specified portion
of the two vectors.
Scan from the beginnings of the vectors, and simultaneously from the ends,
doing a breadth-first search through the space of edit-sequence.
When the two searches meet, we have found the midpoint of the shortest
edit sequence.
If FIND_MINIMAL is true, find the minimal edit script regardless of
expense. Otherwise, if the search is too expensive, use heuristics to
stop the search and report a suboptimal answer.
Set PART->(xmid,ymid) to the midpoint (XMID,YMID). The diagonal number
XMID - YMID equals the number of inserted elements minus the number
of deleted elements (counting only elements before the midpoint).
Set PART->lo_minimal to true iff the minimal edit script for the
left half of the partition is known; similarly for PART->hi_minimal.
This function assumes that the first elements of the specified portions
of the two vectors do not match, and likewise that the last elements do not
match. The caller must trim matching elements from the beginning and end
of the portions it is going to specify.
If we return the "wrong" partitions, the worst this can do is cause
suboptimal diff output. It cannot cause incorrect diff output. */
static void
diag (OFFSET xoff, OFFSET xlim, OFFSET yoff, OFFSET ylim, bool find_minimal,
struct partition *part, struct context *ctxt)
{
OFFSET *const fd = ctxt->fdiag; /* Give the compiler a chance. */
OFFSET *const bd = ctxt->bdiag; /* Additional help for the compiler. */
#ifdef ELEMENT
ELEMENT const *const xv = ctxt->xvec; /* Still more help for the compiler. */
ELEMENT const *const yv = ctxt->yvec; /* And more and more . . . */
#define XREF_YREF_EQUAL(x,y) EQUAL (xv[x], yv[y])
#else
#define XREF_YREF_EQUAL(x,y) XVECREF_YVECREF_EQUAL (ctxt, x, y)
#endif
const OFFSET dmin = xoff - ylim; /* Minimum valid diagonal. */
const OFFSET dmax = xlim - yoff; /* Maximum valid diagonal. */
const OFFSET fmid = xoff - yoff; /* Center diagonal of top-down search. */
const OFFSET bmid = xlim - ylim; /* Center diagonal of bottom-up search. */
OFFSET fmin = fmid;
OFFSET fmax = fmid; /* Limits of top-down search. */
OFFSET bmin = bmid;
OFFSET bmax = bmid; /* Limits of bottom-up search. */
OFFSET c; /* Cost. */
bool odd = (fmid - bmid) & 1; /* True if southeast corner is on an odd
diagonal with respect to the northwest. */
fd[fmid] = xoff;
bd[bmid] = xlim;
for (c = 1;; ++c)
{
OFFSET d; /* Active diagonal. */
bool big_snake = false;
/* Extend the top-down search by an edit step in each diagonal. */
if (fmin > dmin)
fd[--fmin - 1] = -1;
else
++fmin;
if (fmax < dmax)
fd[++fmax + 1] = -1;
else
--fmax;
for (d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2)
{
OFFSET x;
OFFSET y;
OFFSET tlo = fd[d - 1];
OFFSET thi = fd[d + 1];
OFFSET x0 = tlo < thi ? thi : tlo + 1;
for (x = x0, y = x0 - d;
x < xlim && y < ylim && XREF_YREF_EQUAL (x, y);
x++, y++)
continue;
if (x - x0 > SNAKE_LIMIT)
big_snake = true;
fd[d] = x;
if (odd && bmin <= d && d <= bmax && bd[d] <= x)
{
part->xmid = x;
part->ymid = y;
part->lo_minimal = part->hi_minimal = true;
return;
}
}
/* Similarly extend the bottom-up search. */
if (bmin > dmin)
bd[--bmin - 1] = OFFSET_MAX;
else
++bmin;
if (bmax < dmax)
bd[++bmax + 1] = OFFSET_MAX;
else
--bmax;
for (d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2)
{
OFFSET x;
OFFSET y;
OFFSET tlo = bd[d - 1];
OFFSET thi = bd[d + 1];
OFFSET x0 = tlo < thi ? tlo : thi - 1;
for (x = x0, y = x0 - d;
xoff < x && yoff < y && XREF_YREF_EQUAL (x - 1, y - 1);
x--, y--)
continue;
if (x0 - x > SNAKE_LIMIT)
big_snake = true;
bd[d] = x;
if (!odd && fmin <= d && d <= fmax && x <= fd[d])
{
part->xmid = x;
part->ymid = y;
part->lo_minimal = part->hi_minimal = true;
return;
}
}
if (find_minimal)
continue;
#ifdef USE_HEURISTIC
/* Heuristic: check occasionally for a diagonal that has made lots
of progress compared with the edit distance. If we have any
such, find the one that has made the most progress and return it
as if it had succeeded.
With this heuristic, for vectors with a constant small density
of changes, the algorithm is linear in the vector size. */
if (200 < c && big_snake && ctxt->heuristic)
{
{
OFFSET best = 0;
for (d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2)
{
OFFSET dd = d - fmid;
OFFSET x = fd[d];
OFFSET y = x - d;
OFFSET v = (x - xoff) * 2 - dd;
if (v > 12 * (c + (dd < 0 ? -dd : dd)))
{
if (v > best
&& xoff + SNAKE_LIMIT <= x && x < xlim
&& yoff + SNAKE_LIMIT <= y && y < ylim)
{
/* We have a good enough best diagonal; now insist
that it end with a significant snake. */
int k;
for (k = 1; XREF_YREF_EQUAL (x - k, y - k); k++)
if (k == SNAKE_LIMIT)
{
best = v;
part->xmid = x;
part->ymid = y;
break;
}
}
}
}
if (best > 0)
{
part->lo_minimal = true;
part->hi_minimal = false;
return;
}
}
{
OFFSET best = 0;
for (d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2)
{
OFFSET dd = d - bmid;
OFFSET x = bd[d];
OFFSET y = x - d;
OFFSET v = (xlim - x) * 2 + dd;
if (v > 12 * (c + (dd < 0 ? -dd : dd)))
{
if (v > best
&& xoff < x && x <= xlim - SNAKE_LIMIT
&& yoff < y && y <= ylim - SNAKE_LIMIT)
{
/* We have a good enough best diagonal; now insist
that it end with a significant snake. */
int k;
for (k = 0; XREF_YREF_EQUAL (x + k, y + k); k++)
if (k == SNAKE_LIMIT - 1)
{
best = v;
part->xmid = x;
part->ymid = y;
break;
}
}
}
}
if (best > 0)
{
part->lo_minimal = false;
part->hi_minimal = true;
return;
}
}
}
#endif /* USE_HEURISTIC */
/* Heuristic: if we've gone well beyond the call of duty, give up
and report halfway between our best results so far. */
if (c >= ctxt->too_expensive)
{
OFFSET fxybest;
OFFSET fxbest IF_LINT (= 0);
OFFSET bxybest;
OFFSET bxbest IF_LINT (= 0);
/* Find forward diagonal that maximizes X + Y. */
fxybest = -1;
for (d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2)
{
OFFSET x = MIN (fd[d], xlim);
OFFSET y = x - d;
if (ylim < y)
{
x = ylim + d;
y = ylim;
}
if (fxybest < x + y)
{
fxybest = x + y;
fxbest = x;
}
}
/* Find backward diagonal that minimizes X + Y. */
bxybest = OFFSET_MAX;
for (d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2)
{
OFFSET x = MAX (xoff, bd[d]);
OFFSET y = x - d;
if (y < yoff)
{
x = yoff + d;
y = yoff;
}
if (x + y < bxybest)
{
bxybest = x + y;
bxbest = x;
}
}
/* Use the better of the two diagonals. */
if ((xlim + ylim) - bxybest < fxybest - (xoff + yoff))
{
part->xmid = fxbest;
part->ymid = fxybest - fxbest;
part->lo_minimal = true;
part->hi_minimal = false;
}
else
{
part->xmid = bxbest;
part->ymid = bxybest - bxbest;
part->lo_minimal = false;
part->hi_minimal = true;
}
return;
}
}
#undef XREF_YREF_EQUAL
}
/* Compare in detail contiguous subsequences of the two vectors
which are known, as a whole, to match each other.
The subsequence of vector 0 is [XOFF, XLIM) and likewise for vector 1.
Note that XLIM, YLIM are exclusive bounds. All indices into the vectors
are origin-0.
If FIND_MINIMAL, find a minimal difference no matter how
expensive it is.
The results are recorded by invoking NOTE_DELETE and NOTE_INSERT.
Return false if terminated normally, or true if terminated through early
abort. */
static bool
compareseq (OFFSET xoff, OFFSET xlim, OFFSET yoff, OFFSET ylim,
bool find_minimal, struct context *ctxt)
{
#ifdef ELEMENT
ELEMENT const *xv = ctxt->xvec; /* Help the compiler. */
ELEMENT const *yv = ctxt->yvec;
#define XREF_YREF_EQUAL(x,y) EQUAL (xv[x], yv[y])
#else
#define XREF_YREF_EQUAL(x,y) XVECREF_YVECREF_EQUAL (ctxt, x, y)
#endif
/* Slide down the bottom initial diagonal. */
while (xoff < xlim && yoff < ylim && XREF_YREF_EQUAL (xoff, yoff))
{
xoff++;
yoff++;
}
/* Slide up the top initial diagonal. */
while (xoff < xlim && yoff < ylim && XREF_YREF_EQUAL (xlim - 1, ylim - 1))
{
xlim--;
ylim--;
}
/* Handle simple cases. */
if (xoff == xlim)
while (yoff < ylim)
{
NOTE_INSERT (ctxt, yoff);
if (EARLY_ABORT (ctxt))
return true;
yoff++;
}
else if (yoff == ylim)
while (xoff < xlim)
{
NOTE_DELETE (ctxt, xoff);
if (EARLY_ABORT (ctxt))
return true;
xoff++;
}
else
{
struct partition part IF_LINT2 (= { .xmid = 0, .ymid = 0 });
/* Find a point of correspondence in the middle of the vectors. */
diag (xoff, xlim, yoff, ylim, find_minimal, &part, ctxt);
/* Use the partitions to split this problem into subproblems. */
if (compareseq (xoff, part.xmid, yoff, part.ymid, part.lo_minimal, ctxt))
return true;
if (compareseq (part.xmid, xlim, part.ymid, ylim, part.hi_minimal, ctxt))
return true;
}
return false;
#undef XREF_YREF_EQUAL
}
#undef ELEMENT
#undef EQUAL
#undef OFFSET
#undef EXTRA_CONTEXT_FIELDS
#undef NOTE_DELETE
#undef NOTE_INSERT
#undef EARLY_ABORT
#undef USE_HEURISTIC
#undef XVECREF_YVECREF_EQUAL
#undef OFFSET_MAX
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Return the length of the prefix of FILE that will be used by
dir_name. If FILE is in the working directory, this returns zero
even though 'dir_name (FILE)' will return ".". Works properly even
if there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them). */
size_t
dir_len (char const *file)
{
size_t prefix_length = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file);
size_t length;
/* Advance prefix_length beyond important leading slashes. */
prefix_length += (prefix_length != 0
? (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
&& ISSLASH (file[prefix_length]))
: (ISSLASH (file[0])
? ((DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
&& ISSLASH (file[1]) && ! ISSLASH (file[2])
? 2 : 1))
: 0));
/* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it. */
for (length = last_component (file) - file;
prefix_length < length; length--)
if (! ISSLASH (file[length - 1]))
break;
return length;
}
/* In general, we can't use the builtin 'dirname' function if available,
since it has different meanings in different environments.
In some environments the builtin 'dirname' modifies its argument.
Return the leading directories part of FILE, allocated with malloc.
Works properly even if there are trailing slashes (by effectively
ignoring them). Return NULL on failure.
If lstat (FILE) would succeed, then { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
lstat (base_name (FILE)); } will access the same file. Likewise,
if the sequence { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
rename (base_name (FILE), "foo"); } succeeds, you have renamed FILE
to "foo" in the same directory FILE was in. */
char *
mdir_name (char const *file)
{
size_t length = dir_len (file);
bool append_dot = (length == 0
|| (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
&& length == FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file)
&& file[2] != '\0' && ! ISSLASH (file[2])));
char *dir = malloc (length + append_dot + 1);
if (!dir)
return NULL;
memcpy (dir, file, length);
if (append_dot)
dir[length++] = '.';
dir[length] = '\0';
return dir;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "xalloc.h"
/* Just like mdir_name (dirname-lgpl.c), except, rather than
returning NULL upon malloc failure, here, we report the
"memory exhausted" condition and exit. */
char *
dir_name (char const *file)
{
char *result = mdir_name (file);
if (!result)
xalloc_die ();
return result;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
/* Take file names apart into directory and base names.
Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
# include <stdbool.h>
# include <stddef.h>
# include "dosname.h"
# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
# endif
# ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
# define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT 0
# endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
# if GNULIB_DIRNAME
char *base_name (char const *file);
char *dir_name (char const *file);
# endif
char *mdir_name (char const *file);
size_t base_len (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
size_t dir_len (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
char *last_component (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
bool strip_trailing_slashes (char *file);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/* File names on MS-DOS/Windows systems.
Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
From Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering. */
#ifndef _DOSNAME_H
#define _DOSNAME_H
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || \
defined __MSDOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || \
defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__)
/* This internal macro assumes ASCII, but all hosts that support drive
letters use ASCII. */
# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(C) (((unsigned int) (C) | ('a' - 'A')) - 'a' \
<= 'z' - 'a')
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) \
(_IS_DRIVE_LETTER ((Filename)[0]) && (Filename)[1] == ':' ? 2 : 0)
# ifndef __CYGWIN__
# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 1
# endif
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
#else
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
#endif
#ifndef FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
#endif
#if FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) ISSLASH ((F)[FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F)])
# else
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) \
(ISSLASH ((F)[0]) || FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F) != 0)
#endif
#define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(F) (! IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (F))
#endif /* DOSNAME_H_ */
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
/* Duplicate an open file descriptor to a specified file descriptor.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2004-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Paul Eggert */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <unistd.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#if HAVE_DUP2
# undef dup2
# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions. */
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
# include "msvc-inval.h"
# endif
/* Get _get_osfhandle. */
# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
# include "msvc-nothrow.h"
# else
# include <io.h>
# endif
# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
static int
dup2_nothrow (int fd, int desired_fd)
{
int result;
TRY_MSVC_INVAL
{
result = dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
}
CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
{
errno = EBADF;
result = -1;
}
DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
return result;
}
# else
# define dup2_nothrow dup2
# endif
static int
ms_windows_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
{
int result;
/* If fd is closed, mingw hangs on dup2 (fd, fd). If fd is open,
dup2 (fd, fd) returns 0, but all further attempts to use fd in
future dup2 calls will hang. */
if (fd == desired_fd)
{
if ((HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd) == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
{
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
return fd;
}
/* Wine 1.0.1 return 0 when desired_fd is negative but not -1:
http://bugs.winehq.org/show_bug.cgi?id=21289 */
if (desired_fd < 0)
{
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
result = dup2_nothrow (fd, desired_fd);
if (result == 0)
result = desired_fd;
return result;
}
# define dup2 ms_windows_dup2
# elif defined __KLIBC__
# include <InnoTekLIBC/backend.h>
static int
klibc_dup2dirfd (int fd, int desired_fd)
{
int tempfd;
int dupfd;
tempfd = open ("NUL", O_RDONLY);
if (tempfd == -1)
return -1;
if (tempfd == desired_fd)
{
close (tempfd);
char path[_MAX_PATH];
if (__libc_Back_ioFHToPath (fd, path, sizeof (path)))
return -1;
return open(path, O_RDONLY);
}
dupfd = klibc_dup2dirfd (fd, desired_fd);
close (tempfd);
return dupfd;
}
static int
klibc_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
{
int dupfd;
struct stat sbuf;
dupfd = dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
if (dupfd == -1 && errno == ENOTSUP \
&& !fstat (fd, &sbuf) && S_ISDIR (sbuf.st_mode))
{
close (desired_fd);
return klibc_dup2dirfd (fd, desired_fd);
}
return dupfd;
}
# define dup2 klibc_dup2
# endif
int
rpl_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
{
int result;
# ifdef F_GETFL
/* On Linux kernels 2.6.26-2.6.29, dup2 (fd, fd) returns -EBADF.
On Cygwin 1.5.x, dup2 (1, 1) returns 0.
On Cygwin 1.7.17, dup2 (1, -1) dumps core.
On Cygwin 1.7.25, dup2 (1, 256) can dump core.
On Haiku, dup2 (fd, fd) mistakenly clears FD_CLOEXEC. */
# if HAVE_SETDTABLESIZE
setdtablesize (desired_fd + 1);
# endif
if (desired_fd < 0)
fd = desired_fd;
if (fd == desired_fd)
return fcntl (fd, F_GETFL) == -1 ? -1 : fd;
# endif
result = dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
/* Correct an errno value on FreeBSD 6.1 and Cygwin 1.5.x. */
if (result == -1 && errno == EMFILE)
errno = EBADF;
# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
if (fd != desired_fd && result != -1)
result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
# endif
return result;
}
#else /* !HAVE_DUP2 */
/* On older platforms, dup2 did not exist. */
# ifndef F_DUPFD
static int
dupfd (int fd, int desired_fd)
{
int duplicated_fd = dup (fd);
if (duplicated_fd < 0 || duplicated_fd == desired_fd)
return duplicated_fd;
else
{
int r = dupfd (fd, desired_fd);
int e = errno;
close (duplicated_fd);
errno = e;
return r;
}
}
# endif
int
dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
{
int result = fcntl (fd, F_GETFL) < 0 ? -1 : fd;
if (result == -1 || fd == desired_fd)
return result;
close (desired_fd);
# ifdef F_DUPFD
result = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, desired_fd);
# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
if (0 <= result)
result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
# endif
# else
result = dupfd (fd, desired_fd);
# endif
if (result == -1 && (errno == EMFILE || errno == EINVAL))
errno = EBADF;
return result;
}
#endif /* !HAVE_DUP2 */
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
/* A POSIX-like <errno.h>.
Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ERRNO_H@
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
/* On native Windows platforms, many macros are not defined. */
# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* These are the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for interoperability. */
# ifndef ENOMSG
# define ENOMSG 122
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1
# endif
# ifndef EIDRM
# define EIDRM 111
# define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOLINK
# define ENOLINK 121
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
# endif
# ifndef EPROTO
# define EPROTO 134
# define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1
# endif
# ifndef EBADMSG
# define EBADMSG 104
# define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1
# endif
# ifndef EOVERFLOW
# define EOVERFLOW 132
# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOTSUP
# define ENOTSUP 129
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
# endif
# ifndef ENETRESET
# define ENETRESET 117
# define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
# endif
# ifndef ECONNABORTED
# define ECONNABORTED 106
# define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
# endif
# ifndef ECANCELED
# define ECANCELED 105
# define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
# endif
# ifndef EOWNERDEAD
# define EOWNERDEAD 133
# define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOTRECOVERABLE
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
# endif
# ifndef EINPROGRESS
# define EINPROGRESS 112
# define EALREADY 103
# define ENOTSOCK 128
# define EDESTADDRREQ 109
# define EMSGSIZE 115
# define EPROTOTYPE 136
# define ENOPROTOOPT 123
# define EPROTONOSUPPORT 135
# define EOPNOTSUPP 130
# define EAFNOSUPPORT 102
# define EADDRINUSE 100
# define EADDRNOTAVAIL 101
# define ENETDOWN 116
# define ENETUNREACH 118
# define ECONNRESET 108
# define ENOBUFS 119
# define EISCONN 113
# define ENOTCONN 126
# define ETIMEDOUT 138
# define ECONNREFUSED 107
# define ELOOP 114
# define EHOSTUNREACH 110
# define EWOULDBLOCK 140
# define GNULIB_defined_ESOCK 1
# endif
# ifndef ETXTBSY
# define ETXTBSY 139
# define ENODATA 120 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ENOSR 124 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ENOSTR 125 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ETIME 137 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EOTHER 131 /* not required by POSIX */
# define GNULIB_defined_ESTREAMS 1
# endif
/* These are intentionally the same values as the WSA* error numbers, defined
in <winsock2.h>. */
# define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 10044 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EPFNOSUPPORT 10046 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ESHUTDOWN 10058 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ETOOMANYREFS 10059 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EHOSTDOWN 10064 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EPROCLIM 10067 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EUSERS 10068 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EDQUOT 10069
# define ESTALE 10070
# define EREMOTE 10071 /* not required by POSIX */
# define GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK 1
# endif
/* On OSF/1 5.1, when _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED is not defined, the macros
EMULTIHOP, ENOLINK, EOVERFLOW are not defined. */
# if @EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN@
# define EMULTIHOP @EMULTIHOP_VALUE@
# define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1
# endif
# if @ENOLINK_HIDDEN@
# define ENOLINK @ENOLINK_VALUE@
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
# endif
# if @EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN@
# define EOVERFLOW @EOVERFLOW_VALUE@
# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
# endif
/* On OpenBSD 4.0 and on native Windows, the macros ENOMSG, EIDRM, ENOLINK,
EPROTO, EMULTIHOP, EBADMSG, EOVERFLOW, ENOTSUP, ECANCELED are not defined.
Likewise, on NonStop Kernel, EDQUOT is not defined.
Define them here. Values >= 2000 seem safe to use: Solaris ESTALE = 151,
HP-UX EWOULDBLOCK = 246, IRIX EDQUOT = 1133.
Note: When one of these systems defines some of these macros some day,
binaries will have to be recompiled so that they recognizes the new
errno values from the system. */
# ifndef ENOMSG
# define ENOMSG 2000
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1
# endif
# ifndef EIDRM
# define EIDRM 2001
# define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOLINK
# define ENOLINK 2002
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
# endif
# ifndef EPROTO
# define EPROTO 2003
# define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1
# endif
# ifndef EMULTIHOP
# define EMULTIHOP 2004
# define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1
# endif
# ifndef EBADMSG
# define EBADMSG 2005
# define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1
# endif
# ifndef EOVERFLOW
# define EOVERFLOW 2006
# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOTSUP
# define ENOTSUP 2007
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
# endif
# ifndef ENETRESET
# define ENETRESET 2011
# define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
# endif
# ifndef ECONNABORTED
# define ECONNABORTED 2012
# define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
# endif
# ifndef ESTALE
# define ESTALE 2009
# define GNULIB_defined_ESTALE 1
# endif
# ifndef EDQUOT
# define EDQUOT 2010
# define GNULIB_defined_EDQUOT 1
# endif
# ifndef ECANCELED
# define ECANCELED 2008
# define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
# endif
/* On many platforms, the macros EOWNERDEAD and ENOTRECOVERABLE are not
defined. */
# ifndef EOWNERDEAD
# if defined __sun
/* Use the same values as defined for Solaris >= 8, for
interoperability. */
# define EOWNERDEAD 58
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 59
# elif (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* We have a conflict here: pthreads-win32 defines these values
differently than MSVC 10. It's hairy to decide which one to use. */
# if defined __MINGW32__ && !defined USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
/* Use the same values as defined by pthreads-win32, for
interoperability. */
# define EOWNERDEAD 43
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 44
# else
/* Use the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for
interoperability. */
# define EOWNERDEAD 133
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
# endif
# else
# define EOWNERDEAD 2013
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 2014
# endif
# define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
# endif
# ifndef EILSEQ
# define EILSEQ 2015
# define GNULIB_defined_EILSEQ 1
# endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,410 @@
/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
#if !_LIBC
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "error.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if !_LIBC && ENABLE_NLS
# include "gettext.h"
# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
# include <stdbool.h>
# include <stdint.h>
# include <wchar.h>
# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
# define USE_UNLOCKED_IO 0
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF(a, b)
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(a)
#else
# include "getprogname.h"
#endif
#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
# include "unlocked-io.h"
#endif
#ifndef _
# define _(String) String
#endif
/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
function without parameters instead. */
void (*error_print_progname) (void);
/* This variable is incremented each time 'error' is called. */
unsigned int error_message_count;
#ifdef _LIBC
/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this. */
# define program_name program_invocation_name
# include <errno.h>
# include <limits.h>
# include <libio/libioP.h>
/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name 'error' directly.
Instead make it a weak alias. */
extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
# define error __error
# define error_at_line __error_at_line
# include <libio/iolibio.h>
# define fflush(s) _IO_fflush (s)
# undef putc
# define putc(c, fp) _IO_putc (c, fp)
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else /* not _LIBC */
# include <fcntl.h>
# include <unistd.h>
# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions. */
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
/* Get _get_osfhandle. */
# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
# include "msvc-nothrow.h"
# else
# include <io.h>
# endif
# endif
/* The gnulib override of fcntl is not needed in this file. */
# undef fcntl
# if !(GNULIB_STRERROR_R_POSIX || HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R)
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
# endif
# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
char *strerror_r (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen);
# else
int strerror_r (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen);
# endif
# endif
#define program_name getprogname ()
# if GNULIB_STRERROR_R_POSIX || HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
# define __strerror_r strerror_r
# endif /* GNULIB_STRERROR_R_POSIX || HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
#endif /* not _LIBC */
#if !_LIBC
/* Return non-zero if FD is open. */
static int
is_open (int fd)
{
# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* On native Windows: The initial state of unassigned standard file
descriptors is that they are open but point to an INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE.
There is no fcntl, and the gnulib replacement fcntl does not support
F_GETFL. */
return (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd) != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
# else
# ifndef F_GETFL
# error Please port fcntl to your platform
# endif
return 0 <= fcntl (fd, F_GETFL);
# endif
}
#endif
static void
flush_stdout (void)
{
#if !_LIBC
int stdout_fd;
# if GNULIB_FREOPEN_SAFER
/* Use of gnulib's freopen-safer module normally ensures that
fileno (stdout) == 1
whenever stdout is open. */
stdout_fd = STDOUT_FILENO;
# else
/* POSIX states that fileno (stdout) after fclose is unspecified. But in
practice it is not a problem, because stdout is statically allocated and
the fd of a FILE stream is stored as a field in its allocated memory. */
stdout_fd = fileno (stdout);
# endif
/* POSIX states that fflush (stdout) after fclose is unspecified; it
is safe in glibc, but not on all other platforms. fflush (NULL)
is always defined, but too draconian. */
if (0 <= stdout_fd && is_open (stdout_fd))
#endif
fflush (stdout);
}
static void
print_errno_message (int errnum)
{
char const *s;
#if _LIBC || GNULIB_STRERROR_R_POSIX || defined HAVE_STRERROR_R
char errbuf[1024];
# if _LIBC || (!GNULIB_STRERROR_R_POSIX && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P)
s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
# else
if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
s = errbuf;
else
s = 0;
# endif
#else
s = strerror (errnum);
#endif
#if !_LIBC
if (! s)
s = _("Unknown system error");
#endif
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, ": %s", s);
#else
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
#endif
}
static void _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (3, 0) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((3))
error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
{
#if _LIBC
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
{
size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
mbstate_t st;
size_t res;
const char *tmp;
bool use_malloc = false;
while (1)
{
if (__libc_use_alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t)))
wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
else
{
if (!use_malloc)
wmessage = NULL;
wchar_t *p = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
len * sizeof (wchar_t));
if (p == NULL)
{
free (wmessage);
fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
return;
}
wmessage = p;
use_malloc = true;
}
memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
tmp = message;
res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st);
if (res != len)
break;
if (__builtin_expect (len >= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (wchar_t) / 2, 0))
{
/* This really should not happen if everything is fine. */
res = (size_t) -1;
break;
}
len *= 2;
}
if (res == (size_t) -1)
{
/* The string cannot be converted. */
if (use_malloc)
{
free (wmessage);
use_malloc = false;
}
wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
}
__vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
if (use_malloc)
free (wmessage);
}
else
#endif
vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
va_end (args);
++error_message_count;
if (errnum)
print_errno_message (errnum);
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, "\n");
#else
putc ('\n', stderr);
#endif
fflush (stderr);
if (status)
exit (status);
}
/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
format string with optional args.
If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */
void
error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
{
va_list args;
#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
/* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
cancellation. Therefore disable cancellation for now. */
int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
0);
#endif
flush_stdout ();
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
#endif
if (error_print_progname)
(*error_print_progname) ();
else
{
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, "%s: ", program_name);
#else
fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
#endif
}
va_start (args, message);
error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
# endif
#endif
}
/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This
variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */
int error_one_per_line;
void
error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
{
va_list args;
if (error_one_per_line)
{
static const char *old_file_name;
static unsigned int old_line_number;
if (old_line_number == line_number
&& (file_name == old_file_name
|| (old_file_name != NULL
&& file_name != NULL
&& strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0)))
/* Simply return and print nothing. */
return;
old_file_name = file_name;
old_line_number = line_number;
}
#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
/* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
cancellation. Therefore disable cancellation for now. */
int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
0);
#endif
flush_stdout ();
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
#endif
if (error_print_progname)
(*error_print_progname) ();
else
{
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, "%s:", program_name);
#else
fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
#endif
}
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%u: " : " ",
file_name, line_number);
#else
fprintf (stderr, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%u: " : " ",
file_name, line_number);
#endif
va_start (args, message);
error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
# endif
#endif
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Make the weak alias. */
# undef error
# undef error_at_line
weak_alias (__error, error)
weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/* Declaration for error-reporting function
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2003, 2006, 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _ERROR_H
#define _ERROR_H 1
/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because
gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
the 'printf' function. */
#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec))
#else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */
#endif
/* On mingw, the flavor of printf depends on whether the extensions module
* is in use; the check for <stdio.h> determines the witness macro. */
#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF
# if GNULIB_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE_FLAVOR_GNU
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF __gnu_printf__
# else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF __printf__
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Print a message with 'fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with 'exit (STATUS)'. */
extern void error (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF, 3, 4));
extern void error_at_line (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__fname,
unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF, 5, 6));
/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
function without parameters instead. */
extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
/* This variable is incremented each time 'error' is called. */
extern unsigned int error_message_count;
/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This
variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */
extern int error_one_per_line;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* error.h */
@@ -0,0 +1,695 @@
/* exclude.c -- exclude file names
Copyright (C) 1992-1994, 1997, 1999-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
and Sergey Poznyakoff <gray@gnu.org>.
Thanks to Phil Proudman <phil@proudman51.freeserve.co.uk>
for improvement suggestions. */
#include <config.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <wctype.h>
#include <regex.h>
#include "exclude.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "mbuiter.h"
#include "fnmatch.h"
#include "xalloc.h"
#include "verify.h"
#include "filename.h"
#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
# include "unlocked-io.h"
#endif
/* Non-GNU systems lack these options, so we don't need to check them. */
#ifndef FNM_CASEFOLD
# define FNM_CASEFOLD 0
#endif
#ifndef FNM_EXTMATCH
# define FNM_EXTMATCH 0
#endif
#ifndef FNM_LEADING_DIR
# define FNM_LEADING_DIR 0
#endif
verify (((EXCLUDE_ANCHORED | EXCLUDE_INCLUDE | EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS)
& (FNM_PATHNAME | FNM_NOESCAPE | FNM_PERIOD | FNM_LEADING_DIR
| FNM_CASEFOLD | FNM_EXTMATCH))
== 0);
/* Exclusion patterns are grouped into a singly-linked list of
"exclusion segments". Each segment represents a set of patterns
that can be matches using the same algorithm. Non-wildcard
patterns are kept in hash tables, to speed up searches. Wildcard
patterns are stored as arrays of patterns. */
/* An exclude pattern-options pair. The options are fnmatch options
ORed with EXCLUDE_* options. */
struct patopts
{
int options;
union
{
char const *pattern;
regex_t re;
} v;
};
/* An array of pattern-options pairs. */
struct exclude_pattern
{
struct patopts *exclude;
size_t exclude_alloc;
size_t exclude_count;
};
enum exclude_type
{
exclude_hash, /* a hash table of excluded names */
exclude_pattern /* an array of exclude patterns */
};
struct exclude_segment
{
struct exclude_segment *next; /* next segment in list */
enum exclude_type type; /* type of this segment */
int options; /* common options for this segment */
union
{
Hash_table *table; /* for type == exclude_hash */
struct exclude_pattern pat; /* for type == exclude_pattern */
} v;
};
struct pattern_buffer
{
struct pattern_buffer *next;
char *base;
};
/* The exclude structure keeps a singly-linked list of exclude segments,
maintained in reverse order. */
struct exclude
{
struct exclude_segment *head;
struct pattern_buffer *patbuf;
};
/* Register BUF in the pattern buffer list of EX. ADD_FUNC (see
add_exclude_file and add_exclude_fp below) can use this function
if it modifies the pattern, to ensure the allocated memory will be
properly reclaimed upon calling free_exclude. */
void
exclude_add_pattern_buffer (struct exclude *ex, char *buf)
{
struct pattern_buffer *pbuf = xmalloc (sizeof *pbuf);
pbuf->base = buf;
pbuf->next = ex->patbuf;
ex->patbuf = pbuf;
}
/* Return true if STR has or may have wildcards, when matched with OPTIONS.
Return false if STR definitely does not have wildcards. */
bool
fnmatch_pattern_has_wildcards (const char *str, int options)
{
while (1)
{
switch (*str++)
{
case '.':
case '{':
case '}':
case '(':
case ')':
if (options & EXCLUDE_REGEX)
return true;
break;
case '\\':
if (options & EXCLUDE_REGEX)
continue;
else
str += ! (options & FNM_NOESCAPE) && *str;
break;
case '+': case '@': case '!':
if (options & FNM_EXTMATCH && *str == '(')
return true;
break;
case '?': case '*': case '[':
return true;
case '\0':
return false;
}
}
}
static void
unescape_pattern (char *str)
{
char const *q = str;
do
q += *q == '\\' && q[1];
while ((*str++ = *q++));
}
/* Return a newly allocated and empty exclude list. */
struct exclude *
new_exclude (void)
{
return xzalloc (sizeof *new_exclude ());
}
/* Calculate the hash of string. */
static size_t
string_hasher (void const *data, size_t n_buckets)
{
char const *p = data;
return hash_string (p, n_buckets);
}
/* Ditto, for case-insensitive hashes */
static size_t
string_hasher_ci (void const *data, size_t n_buckets)
{
char const *p = data;
mbui_iterator_t iter;
size_t value = 0;
for (mbui_init (iter, p); mbui_avail (iter); mbui_advance (iter))
{
mbchar_t m = mbui_cur (iter);
wchar_t wc;
if (m.wc_valid)
wc = towlower (m.wc);
else
wc = *m.ptr;
value = (value * 31 + wc) % n_buckets;
}
return value;
}
/* compare two strings for equality */
static bool
string_compare (void const *data1, void const *data2)
{
char const *p1 = data1;
char const *p2 = data2;
return strcmp (p1, p2) == 0;
}
/* compare two strings for equality, case-insensitive */
static bool
string_compare_ci (void const *data1, void const *data2)
{
char const *p1 = data1;
char const *p2 = data2;
return mbscasecmp (p1, p2) == 0;
}
static void
string_free (void *data)
{
free (data);
}
/* Create new exclude segment of given TYPE and OPTIONS, and attach it
to the head of EX. */
static void
new_exclude_segment (struct exclude *ex, enum exclude_type type, int options)
{
struct exclude_segment *sp = xzalloc (sizeof (struct exclude_segment));
sp->type = type;
sp->options = options;
switch (type)
{
case exclude_pattern:
break;
case exclude_hash:
sp->v.table = hash_initialize (0, NULL,
(options & FNM_CASEFOLD) ?
string_hasher_ci
: string_hasher,
(options & FNM_CASEFOLD) ?
string_compare_ci
: string_compare,
string_free);
break;
}
sp->next = ex->head;
ex->head = sp;
}
/* Free a single exclude segment */
static void
free_exclude_segment (struct exclude_segment *seg)
{
size_t i;
switch (seg->type)
{
case exclude_pattern:
for (i = 0; i < seg->v.pat.exclude_count; i++)
{
if (seg->v.pat.exclude[i].options & EXCLUDE_REGEX)
regfree (&seg->v.pat.exclude[i].v.re);
}
free (seg->v.pat.exclude);
break;
case exclude_hash:
hash_free (seg->v.table);
break;
}
free (seg);
}
/* Free the storage associated with an exclude list. */
void
free_exclude (struct exclude *ex)
{
struct exclude_segment *seg;
struct pattern_buffer *pbuf;
for (seg = ex->head; seg; )
{
struct exclude_segment *next = seg->next;
free_exclude_segment (seg);
seg = next;
}
for (pbuf = ex->patbuf; pbuf; )
{
struct pattern_buffer *next = pbuf->next;
free (pbuf->base);
free (pbuf);
pbuf = next;
}
free (ex);
}
/* Return zero if PATTERN matches F, obeying OPTIONS, except that
(unlike fnmatch) wildcards are disabled in PATTERN. */
static int
fnmatch_no_wildcards (char const *pattern, char const *f, int options)
{
if (! (options & FNM_LEADING_DIR))
return ((options & FNM_CASEFOLD)
? mbscasecmp (pattern, f)
: strcmp (pattern, f));
else if (! (options & FNM_CASEFOLD))
{
size_t patlen = strlen (pattern);
int r = strncmp (pattern, f, patlen);
if (! r)
{
r = f[patlen];
if (r == '/')
r = 0;
}
return r;
}
else
{
/* Walk through a copy of F, seeing whether P matches any prefix
of F.
FIXME: This is an O(N**2) algorithm; it should be O(N).
Also, the copy should not be necessary. However, fixing this
will probably involve a change to the mbs* API. */
char *fcopy = xstrdup (f);
char *p;
int r;
for (p = fcopy; ; *p++ = '/')
{
p = strchr (p, '/');
if (p)
*p = '\0';
r = mbscasecmp (pattern, fcopy);
if (!p || r <= 0)
break;
}
free (fcopy);
return r;
}
}
bool
exclude_fnmatch (char const *pattern, char const *f, int options)
{
int (*matcher) (char const *, char const *, int) =
(options & EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS
? fnmatch
: fnmatch_no_wildcards);
bool matched = ((*matcher) (pattern, f, options) == 0);
char const *p;
if (! (options & EXCLUDE_ANCHORED))
for (p = f; *p && ! matched; p++)
if (*p == '/' && p[1] != '/')
matched = ((*matcher) (pattern, p + 1, options) == 0);
return matched;
}
static bool
exclude_patopts (struct patopts const *opts, char const *f)
{
int options = opts->options;
return (options & EXCLUDE_REGEX)
? regexec (&opts->v.re, f, 0, NULL, 0) == 0
: exclude_fnmatch (opts->v.pattern, f, options);
}
/* Return true if the exclude_pattern segment SEG matches F. */
static bool
file_pattern_matches (struct exclude_segment const *seg, char const *f)
{
size_t exclude_count = seg->v.pat.exclude_count;
struct patopts const *exclude = seg->v.pat.exclude;
size_t i;
for (i = 0; i < exclude_count; i++)
{
if (exclude_patopts (exclude + i, f))
return true;
}
return false;
}
/* Return true if the exclude_hash segment SEG matches F.
BUFFER is an auxiliary storage of the same length as F (with nul
terminator included) */
static bool
file_name_matches (struct exclude_segment const *seg, char const *f,
char *buffer)
{
int options = seg->options;
Hash_table *table = seg->v.table;
do
{
/* initialize the pattern */
strcpy (buffer, f);
while (1)
{
if (hash_lookup (table, buffer))
return true;
if (options & FNM_LEADING_DIR)
{
char *p = strrchr (buffer, '/');
if (p)
{
*p = 0;
continue;
}
}
break;
}
if (!(options & EXCLUDE_ANCHORED))
{
f = strchr (f, '/');
if (f)
f++;
}
else
break;
}
while (f);
return false;
}
/* Return true if EX excludes F. */
bool
excluded_file_name (struct exclude const *ex, char const *f)
{
struct exclude_segment *seg;
bool invert = false;
char *filename = NULL;
/* If no patterns are given, the default is to include. */
if (!ex->head)
return false;
/* Scan through the segments, reporting the status of the first match.
The segments are in reverse order, so this reports the status of
the last match in the original option list. */
for (seg = ex->head; ; seg = seg->next)
{
if (seg->type == exclude_hash)
{
if (!filename)
filename = xmalloc (strlen (f) + 1);
if (file_name_matches (seg, f, filename))
break;
}
else
{
if (file_pattern_matches (seg, f))
break;
}
if (! seg->next)
{
/* If patterns are given but none match, the default is the
opposite of the last segment (i.e., the first in the
original option list). For example, in the command
'grep -r --exclude="a*" --include="*b" pat dir', the
first option is --exclude so any file name matching
neither a* nor *b is included. */
invert = true;
break;
}
}
free (filename);
return invert ^ ! (seg->options & EXCLUDE_INCLUDE);
}
/* Append to EX the exclusion PATTERN with OPTIONS. */
void
add_exclude (struct exclude *ex, char const *pattern, int options)
{
struct exclude_segment *seg;
struct exclude_pattern *pat;
struct patopts *patopts;
if ((options & (EXCLUDE_REGEX|EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS))
&& fnmatch_pattern_has_wildcards (pattern, options))
{
if (! (ex->head && ex->head->type == exclude_pattern
&& ((ex->head->options & EXCLUDE_INCLUDE)
== (options & EXCLUDE_INCLUDE))))
new_exclude_segment (ex, exclude_pattern, options);
seg = ex->head;
pat = &seg->v.pat;
if (pat->exclude_count == pat->exclude_alloc)
pat->exclude = x2nrealloc (pat->exclude, &pat->exclude_alloc,
sizeof *pat->exclude);
patopts = &pat->exclude[pat->exclude_count++];
patopts->options = options;
if (options & EXCLUDE_REGEX)
{
int rc;
int cflags = REG_NOSUB|REG_EXTENDED|
((options & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? REG_ICASE : 0);
if (options & FNM_LEADING_DIR)
{
char *tmp;
size_t len = strlen (pattern);
while (len > 0 && ISSLASH (pattern[len-1]))
--len;
if (len == 0)
rc = 1;
else
{
tmp = xmalloc (len + 7);
memcpy (tmp, pattern, len);
strcpy (tmp + len, "(/.*)?");
rc = regcomp (&patopts->v.re, tmp, cflags);
free (tmp);
}
}
else
rc = regcomp (&patopts->v.re, pattern, cflags);
if (rc)
{
pat->exclude_count--;
return;
}
}
else
{
if (options & EXCLUDE_ALLOC)
{
pattern = xstrdup (pattern);
exclude_add_pattern_buffer (ex, (char*) pattern);
}
patopts->v.pattern = pattern;
}
}
else
{
char *str, *p;
int exclude_hash_flags = (EXCLUDE_INCLUDE | EXCLUDE_ANCHORED
| FNM_LEADING_DIR | FNM_CASEFOLD);
if (! (ex->head && ex->head->type == exclude_hash
&& ((ex->head->options & exclude_hash_flags)
== (options & exclude_hash_flags))))
new_exclude_segment (ex, exclude_hash, options);
seg = ex->head;
str = xstrdup (pattern);
if ((options & (EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS | FNM_NOESCAPE)) == EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS)
unescape_pattern (str);
p = hash_insert (seg->v.table, str);
if (p != str)
free (str);
}
}
/* Use ADD_FUNC to append to EX the patterns in FILE_NAME, each with
OPTIONS. LINE_END terminates each pattern in the file. If
LINE_END is a space character, ignore trailing spaces and empty
lines in FP. Return -1 on failure, 0 on success. */
int
add_exclude_fp (void (*add_func) (struct exclude *, char const *, int, void *),
struct exclude *ex, FILE *fp, int options,
char line_end,
void *data)
{
char *buf = NULL;
char *p;
char *pattern;
char const *lim;
size_t buf_alloc = 0;
size_t buf_count = 0;
int c;
int e = 0;
while ((c = getc (fp)) != EOF)
{
if (buf_count == buf_alloc)
buf = x2realloc (buf, &buf_alloc);
buf[buf_count++] = c;
}
if (ferror (fp))
e = errno;
buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_count + 1);
buf[buf_count] = line_end;
lim = buf + buf_count + ! (buf_count == 0 || buf[buf_count - 1] == line_end);
exclude_add_pattern_buffer (ex, buf);
pattern = buf;
for (p = buf; p < lim; p++)
if (*p == line_end)
{
char *pattern_end = p;
if (isspace ((unsigned char) line_end))
{
for (; ; pattern_end--)
if (pattern_end == pattern)
goto next_pattern;
else if (! isspace ((unsigned char) pattern_end[-1]))
break;
}
*pattern_end = '\0';
(*add_func) (ex, pattern, options, data);
next_pattern:
pattern = p + 1;
}
errno = e;
return e ? -1 : 0;
}
static void
call_addfn (struct exclude *ex, char const *pattern, int options, void *data)
{
void (**addfnptr) (struct exclude *, char const *, int) = data;
(*addfnptr) (ex, pattern, options);
}
int
add_exclude_file (void (*add_func) (struct exclude *, char const *, int),
struct exclude *ex, char const *file_name, int options,
char line_end)
{
bool use_stdin = file_name[0] == '-' && !file_name[1];
FILE *in;
int rc = 0;
if (use_stdin)
in = stdin;
else if (! (in = fopen (file_name, "r")))
return -1;
rc = add_exclude_fp (call_addfn, ex, in, options, line_end, &add_func);
if (!use_stdin && fclose (in) != 0)
rc = -1;
return rc;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
/* exclude.h -- declarations for excluding file names
Copyright (C) 1992-1994, 1997, 1999, 2001-2003, 2005-2006, 2009-2017 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GL_EXCLUDE_H
#define _GL_EXCLUDE_H 1
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdio.h>
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
and Sergey Poznyakoff <gray@gnu.org> */
/* Exclude options, which can be ORed with fnmatch options. */
/* Patterns must match the start of file names, instead of matching
anywhere after a '/'. */
#define EXCLUDE_ANCHORED (1 << 30)
/* Include instead of exclude. */
#define EXCLUDE_INCLUDE (1 << 29)
/* '?', '*', '[', and '\\' are special in patterns. Without this
option, these characters are ordinary and fnmatch is not used. */
#define EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS (1 << 28)
/* Patterns are POSIX extended regular expressions */
#define EXCLUDE_REGEX (1 << 27)
/* Allocate storage for the pattern */
#define EXCLUDE_ALLOC (1 << 26)
struct exclude;
bool fnmatch_pattern_has_wildcards (const char *, int) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
struct exclude *new_exclude (void);
void free_exclude (struct exclude *);
void add_exclude (struct exclude *, char const *, int);
int add_exclude_file (void (*) (struct exclude *, char const *, int),
struct exclude *, char const *, int, char);
int add_exclude_fp (void (*) (struct exclude *, char const *, int, void *),
struct exclude *, FILE *, int, char, void *);
bool excluded_file_name (struct exclude const *, char const *);
void exclude_add_pattern_buffer (struct exclude *ex, char *buf);
bool exclude_fnmatch (char const *, char const *, int);
#endif /* _GL_EXCLUDE_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
/* Failure exit status
Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "exitfail.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
int volatile exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
/* Failure exit status
Copyright (C) 2002, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
extern int volatile exit_failure;
@@ -0,0 +1,418 @@
/* Provide file descriptor control.
Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Eric Blake <ebb9@byu.net>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#if !HAVE_FCNTL
# define rpl_fcntl fcntl
#endif
#undef fcntl
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions. */
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
/* Get _get_osfhandle. */
# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
# include "msvc-nothrow.h"
# else
# include <io.h>
# endif
/* Upper bound on getdtablesize(). See lib/getdtablesize.c. */
# define OPEN_MAX_MAX 0x10000
/* Duplicate OLDFD into the first available slot of at least NEWFD,
which must be positive, with FLAGS determining whether the duplicate
will be inheritable. */
static int
dupfd (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags)
{
/* Mingw has no way to create an arbitrary fd. Iterate until all
file descriptors less than newfd are filled up. */
HANDLE curr_process = GetCurrentProcess ();
HANDLE old_handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (oldfd);
unsigned char fds_to_close[OPEN_MAX_MAX / CHAR_BIT];
unsigned int fds_to_close_bound = 0;
int result;
BOOL inherit = flags & O_CLOEXEC ? FALSE : TRUE;
int mode;
if (newfd < 0 || getdtablesize () <= newfd)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
if (old_handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
|| (mode = setmode (oldfd, O_BINARY)) == -1)
{
/* oldfd is not open, or is an unassigned standard file
descriptor. */
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
setmode (oldfd, mode);
flags |= mode;
for (;;)
{
HANDLE new_handle;
int duplicated_fd;
unsigned int index;
if (!DuplicateHandle (curr_process, /* SourceProcessHandle */
old_handle, /* SourceHandle */
curr_process, /* TargetProcessHandle */
(PHANDLE) &new_handle, /* TargetHandle */
(DWORD) 0, /* DesiredAccess */
inherit, /* InheritHandle */
DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS)) /* Options */
{
switch (GetLastError ())
{
case ERROR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES:
errno = EMFILE;
break;
case ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE:
case ERROR_INVALID_TARGET_HANDLE:
case ERROR_DIRECT_ACCESS_HANDLE:
errno = EBADF;
break;
case ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER:
case ERROR_INVALID_FUNCTION:
case ERROR_INVALID_ACCESS:
errno = EINVAL;
break;
default:
errno = EACCES;
break;
}
result = -1;
break;
}
duplicated_fd = _open_osfhandle ((intptr_t) new_handle, flags);
if (duplicated_fd < 0)
{
CloseHandle (new_handle);
result = -1;
break;
}
if (newfd <= duplicated_fd)
{
result = duplicated_fd;
break;
}
/* Set the bit duplicated_fd in fds_to_close[]. */
index = (unsigned int) duplicated_fd / CHAR_BIT;
if (fds_to_close_bound <= index)
{
if (sizeof fds_to_close <= index)
/* Need to increase OPEN_MAX_MAX. */
abort ();
memset (fds_to_close + fds_to_close_bound, '\0',
index + 1 - fds_to_close_bound);
fds_to_close_bound = index + 1;
}
fds_to_close[index] |= 1 << ((unsigned int) duplicated_fd % CHAR_BIT);
}
/* Close the previous fds that turned out to be too small. */
{
int saved_errno = errno;
unsigned int duplicated_fd;
for (duplicated_fd = 0;
duplicated_fd < fds_to_close_bound * CHAR_BIT;
duplicated_fd++)
if ((fds_to_close[duplicated_fd / CHAR_BIT]
>> (duplicated_fd % CHAR_BIT))
& 1)
close (duplicated_fd);
errno = saved_errno;
}
# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
if (0 <= result)
result = _gl_register_dup (oldfd, result);
# endif
return result;
}
#endif /* W32 */
#ifdef __KLIBC__
# define INCL_DOS
# include <os2.h>
static int
klibc_fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...)
{
va_list arg_ptr;
int arg;
struct stat sbuf;
int result = -1;
va_start (arg_ptr, action);
arg = va_arg (arg_ptr, int);
result = fcntl (fd, action, arg);
/* EPERM for F_DUPFD, ENOTSUP for others */
if (result == -1 && (errno == EPERM || errno == ENOTSUP)
&& !fstat (fd, &sbuf) && S_ISDIR (sbuf.st_mode))
{
ULONG ulMode;
switch (action)
{
case F_DUPFD:
/* Find available fd */
while (fcntl (arg, F_GETFL) != -1 || errno != EBADF)
arg++;
result = dup2 (fd, arg);
break;
/* Using underlying APIs is right ? */
case F_GETFD:
if (DosQueryFHState (fd, &ulMode))
break;
result = (ulMode & OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT) ? FD_CLOEXEC : 0;
break;
case F_SETFD:
if (arg & ~FD_CLOEXEC)
break;
if (DosQueryFHState (fd, &ulMode))
break;
if (arg & FD_CLOEXEC)
ulMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT;
else
ulMode &= ~OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT;
/* Filter supported flags. */
ulMode &= (OPEN_FLAGS_WRITE_THROUGH | OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR
| OPEN_FLAGS_NO_CACHE | OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT);
if (DosSetFHState (fd, ulMode))
break;
result = 0;
break;
case F_GETFL:
result = 0;
break;
case F_SETFL:
if (arg != 0)
break;
result = 0;
break;
default :
errno = EINVAL;
break;
}
}
va_end (arg_ptr);
return result;
}
# define fcntl klibc_fcntl
#endif
/* Perform the specified ACTION on the file descriptor FD, possibly
using the argument ARG further described below. This replacement
handles the following actions, and forwards all others on to the
native fcntl. An unrecognized ACTION returns -1 with errno set to
EINVAL.
F_DUPFD - duplicate FD, with int ARG being the minimum target fd.
If successful, return the duplicate, which will be inheritable;
otherwise return -1 and set errno.
F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC - duplicate FD, with int ARG being the minimum
target fd. If successful, return the duplicate, which will not be
inheritable; otherwise return -1 and set errno.
F_GETFD - ARG need not be present. If successful, return a
non-negative value containing the descriptor flags of FD (only
FD_CLOEXEC is portable, but other flags may be present); otherwise
return -1 and set errno. */
int
rpl_fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...)
{
va_list arg;
int result = -1;
va_start (arg, action);
switch (action)
{
#if !HAVE_FCNTL
case F_DUPFD:
{
int target = va_arg (arg, int);
result = dupfd (fd, target, 0);
break;
}
#elif FCNTL_DUPFD_BUGGY || REPLACE_FCHDIR
case F_DUPFD:
{
int target = va_arg (arg, int);
/* Detect invalid target; needed for cygwin 1.5.x. */
if (target < 0 || getdtablesize () <= target)
errno = EINVAL;
else
{
/* Haiku alpha 2 loses fd flags on original. */
int flags = fcntl (fd, F_GETFD);
if (flags < 0)
{
result = -1;
break;
}
result = fcntl (fd, action, target);
if (0 <= result && fcntl (fd, F_SETFD, flags) == -1)
{
int saved_errno = errno;
close (result);
result = -1;
errno = saved_errno;
}
# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
if (0 <= result)
result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
# endif
}
break;
} /* F_DUPFD */
#endif /* FCNTL_DUPFD_BUGGY || REPLACE_FCHDIR */
case F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC:
{
int target = va_arg (arg, int);
#if !HAVE_FCNTL
result = dupfd (fd, target, O_CLOEXEC);
break;
#else /* HAVE_FCNTL */
/* Try the system call first, if the headers claim it exists
(that is, if GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC is 0), since we
may be running with a glibc that has the macro but with an
older kernel that does not support it. Cache the
information on whether the system call really works, but
avoid caching failure if the corresponding F_DUPFD fails
for any reason. 0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no. */
static int have_dupfd_cloexec = GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC ? -1 : 0;
if (0 <= have_dupfd_cloexec)
{
result = fcntl (fd, action, target);
if (0 <= result || errno != EINVAL)
{
have_dupfd_cloexec = 1;
# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
if (0 <= result)
result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
# endif
}
else
{
result = rpl_fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target);
if (result < 0)
break;
have_dupfd_cloexec = -1;
}
}
else
result = rpl_fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target);
if (0 <= result && have_dupfd_cloexec == -1)
{
int flags = fcntl (result, F_GETFD);
if (flags < 0 || fcntl (result, F_SETFD, flags | FD_CLOEXEC) == -1)
{
int saved_errno = errno;
close (result);
errno = saved_errno;
result = -1;
}
}
break;
#endif /* HAVE_FCNTL */
} /* F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC */
#if !HAVE_FCNTL
case F_GETFD:
{
# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
HANDLE handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
DWORD flags;
if (handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
|| GetHandleInformation (handle, &flags) == 0)
errno = EBADF;
else
result = (flags & HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT) ? 0 : FD_CLOEXEC;
# else /* !W32 */
/* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors. No way to
access this information, so punt. */
if (0 <= dup2 (fd, fd))
result = 0;
# endif /* !W32 */
break;
} /* F_GETFD */
#endif /* !HAVE_FCNTL */
/* Implementing F_SETFD on mingw is not trivial - there is no
API for changing the O_NOINHERIT bit on an fd, and merely
changing the HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT bit on the underlying handle
can lead to odd state. It may be possible by duplicating the
handle, using _open_osfhandle with the right flags, then
using dup2 to move the duplicate onto the original, but that
is not supported for now. */
default:
{
#if HAVE_FCNTL
void *p = va_arg (arg, void *);
result = fcntl (fd, action, p);
#else
errno = EINVAL;
#endif
break;
}
}
va_end (arg);
return result;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
/* Like <fcntl.h>, but with non-working flags defined to 0.
Copyright (C) 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Paul Eggert */
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
#if defined __need_system_fcntl_h
/* Special invocation convention. */
/* Needed before <sys/stat.h>.
May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows. */
#include <sys/types.h>
/* On some systems other than glibc, <sys/stat.h> is a prerequisite of
<fcntl.h>. On glibc systems, we would like to avoid namespace pollution.
But on glibc systems, <fcntl.h> includes <sys/stat.h> inside an
extern "C" { ... } block, which leads to errors in C++ mode with the
overridden <sys/stat.h> from gnulib. These errors are known to be gone
with g++ version >= 4.3. */
#if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__) || (defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && (defined __ICC || !(__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))))
# include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FCNTL_H@
#else
/* Normal invocation convention. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H
/* Needed before <sys/stat.h>.
May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows. */
#include <sys/types.h>
/* On some systems other than glibc, <sys/stat.h> is a prerequisite of
<fcntl.h>. On glibc systems, we would like to avoid namespace pollution.
But on glibc systems, <fcntl.h> includes <sys/stat.h> inside an
extern "C" { ... } block, which leads to errors in C++ mode with the
overridden <sys/stat.h> from gnulib. These errors are known to be gone
with g++ version >= 4.3. */
#if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__) || (defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && (defined __ICC || !(__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))))
# include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FCNTL_H@
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H
#ifndef __GLIBC__ /* Avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
/* Native Windows platforms declare open(), creat() in <io.h>. */
#if (@GNULIB_OPEN@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
&& ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
# include <io.h>
#endif
/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
/* Declare overridden functions. */
#if @GNULIB_FCNTL@
# if @REPLACE_FCNTL@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef fcntl
# define fcntl rpl_fcntl
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
# else
# if !@HAVE_FCNTL@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fcntl);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef fcntl
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCNTL
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fcntl, "fcntl is not always POSIX compliant - "
"use gnulib module fcntl for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_OPEN@
# if @REPLACE_OPEN@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef open
# define open rpl_open
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
# endif
/* On HP-UX 11, in C++ mode, open() is defined as an inline function with a
default argument. _GL_CXXALIASWARN does not work in this case. */
# if !defined __hpux
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (open);
# endif
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef open
/* Assume open is always declared. */
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (open, "open is not always POSIX compliant - "
"use gnulib module open for portability");
#endif
#if @GNULIB_OPENAT@
# if @REPLACE_OPENAT@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef openat
# define openat rpl_openat
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (openat, int,
(int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (openat, int,
(int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...));
# else
# if !@HAVE_OPENAT@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (openat, int,
(int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (openat, int,
(int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (openat);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef openat
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_OPENAT
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (openat, "openat is not portable - "
"use gnulib module openat for portability");
# endif
#endif
/* Fix up the FD_* macros, only known to be missing on mingw. */
#ifndef FD_CLOEXEC
# define FD_CLOEXEC 1
#endif
/* Fix up the supported F_* macros. Intentionally leave other F_*
macros undefined. Only known to be missing on mingw. */
#ifndef F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC
# define F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0x40000000
/* Witness variable: 1 if gnulib defined F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0 otherwise. */
# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 1
#else
# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0
#endif
#ifndef F_DUPFD
# define F_DUPFD 1
#endif
#ifndef F_GETFD
# define F_GETFD 2
#endif
/* Fix up the O_* macros. */
/* AIX 7.1 with XL C 12.1 defines O_CLOEXEC, O_NOFOLLOW, and O_TTY_INIT
to values outside 'int' range, so omit these misdefinitions.
But avoid namespace pollution on non-AIX systems. */
#ifdef _AIX
# include <limits.h>
# if defined O_CLOEXEC && ! (INT_MIN <= O_CLOEXEC && O_CLOEXEC <= INT_MAX)
# undef O_CLOEXEC
# endif
# if defined O_NOFOLLOW && ! (INT_MIN <= O_NOFOLLOW && O_NOFOLLOW <= INT_MAX)
# undef O_NOFOLLOW
# endif
# if defined O_TTY_INIT && ! (INT_MIN <= O_TTY_INIT && O_TTY_INIT <= INT_MAX)
# undef O_TTY_INIT
# endif
#endif
#if !defined O_DIRECT && defined O_DIRECTIO
/* Tru64 spells it 'O_DIRECTIO'. */
# define O_DIRECT O_DIRECTIO
#endif
#if !defined O_CLOEXEC && defined O_NOINHERIT
/* Mingw spells it 'O_NOINHERIT'. */
# define O_CLOEXEC O_NOINHERIT
#endif
#ifndef O_CLOEXEC
# define O_CLOEXEC 0
#endif
#ifndef O_DIRECT
# define O_DIRECT 0
#endif
#ifndef O_DIRECTORY
# define O_DIRECTORY 0
#endif
#ifndef O_DSYNC
# define O_DSYNC 0
#endif
#ifndef O_EXEC
# define O_EXEC O_RDONLY /* This is often close enough in older systems. */
#endif
#ifndef O_IGNORE_CTTY
# define O_IGNORE_CTTY 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NDELAY
# define O_NDELAY 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NOATIME
# define O_NOATIME 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NONBLOCK
# define O_NONBLOCK O_NDELAY
#endif
/* If the gnulib module 'nonblocking' is in use, guarantee a working non-zero
value of O_NONBLOCK. Otherwise, O_NONBLOCK is defined (above) to O_NDELAY
or to 0 as fallback. */
#if @GNULIB_NONBLOCKING@
# if O_NONBLOCK
# define GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK 0
# else
# define GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK 1
# undef O_NONBLOCK
# define O_NONBLOCK 0x40000000
# endif
#endif
#ifndef O_NOCTTY
# define O_NOCTTY 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NOLINK
# define O_NOLINK 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NOLINKS
# define O_NOLINKS 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NOTRANS
# define O_NOTRANS 0
#endif
#ifndef O_RSYNC
# define O_RSYNC 0
#endif
#ifndef O_SEARCH
# define O_SEARCH O_RDONLY /* This is often close enough in older systems. */
#endif
#ifndef O_SYNC
# define O_SYNC 0
#endif
#ifndef O_TTY_INIT
# define O_TTY_INIT 0
#endif
#if ~O_ACCMODE & (O_RDONLY | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR | O_EXEC | O_SEARCH)
# undef O_ACCMODE
# define O_ACCMODE (O_RDONLY | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR | O_EXEC | O_SEARCH)
#endif
/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
O_BINARY is usually declared in fcntl.h */
#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
/* For MSC-compatible compilers. */
# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
#endif
#if defined __BEOS__ || defined __HAIKU__
/* BeOS 5 and Haiku have O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */
# undef O_BINARY
# undef O_TEXT
#endif
#ifndef O_BINARY
# define O_BINARY 0
# define O_TEXT 0
#endif
/* Fix up the AT_* macros. */
/* Work around a bug in Solaris 9 and 10: AT_FDCWD is positive. Its
value exceeds INT_MAX, so its use as an int doesn't conform to the
C standard, and GCC and Sun C complain in some cases. If the bug
is present, undef AT_FDCWD here, so it can be redefined below. */
#if 0 < AT_FDCWD && AT_FDCWD == 0xffd19553
# undef AT_FDCWD
#endif
/* Use the same bit pattern as Solaris 9, but with the proper
signedness. The bit pattern is important, in case this actually is
Solaris with the above workaround. */
#ifndef AT_FDCWD
# define AT_FDCWD (-3041965)
#endif
/* Use the same values as Solaris 9. This shouldn't matter, but
there's no real reason to differ. */
#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
# define AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW 4096
#endif
#ifndef AT_REMOVEDIR
# define AT_REMOVEDIR 1
#endif
/* Solaris 9 lacks these two, so just pick unique values. */
#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW
# define AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW 2
#endif
#ifndef AT_EACCESS
# define AT_EACCESS 4
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H */
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
/* Hook for making making file descriptor functions close(), ioctl() extensible.
Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2009.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "fd-hook.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Currently, this entire code is only needed for the handling of sockets
on native Windows platforms. */
#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
/* The first and last link in the doubly linked list.
Initially the list is empty. */
static struct fd_hook anchor = { &anchor, &anchor, NULL, NULL };
int
execute_close_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, gl_close_fn primary,
int fd)
{
if (remaining_list == &anchor)
/* End of list reached. */
return primary (fd);
else
return remaining_list->private_close_fn (remaining_list->private_next,
primary, fd);
}
int
execute_all_close_hooks (gl_close_fn primary, int fd)
{
return execute_close_hooks (anchor.private_next, primary, fd);
}
int
execute_ioctl_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, gl_ioctl_fn primary,
int fd, int request, void *arg)
{
if (remaining_list == &anchor)
/* End of list reached. */
return primary (fd, request, arg);
else
return remaining_list->private_ioctl_fn (remaining_list->private_next,
primary, fd, request, arg);
}
int
execute_all_ioctl_hooks (gl_ioctl_fn primary,
int fd, int request, void *arg)
{
return execute_ioctl_hooks (anchor.private_next, primary, fd, request, arg);
}
void
register_fd_hook (close_hook_fn close_hook, ioctl_hook_fn ioctl_hook, struct fd_hook *link)
{
if (close_hook == NULL)
close_hook = execute_close_hooks;
if (ioctl_hook == NULL)
ioctl_hook = execute_ioctl_hooks;
if (link->private_next == NULL && link->private_prev == NULL)
{
/* Add the link to the doubly linked list. */
link->private_next = anchor.private_next;
link->private_prev = &anchor;
link->private_close_fn = close_hook;
link->private_ioctl_fn = ioctl_hook;
anchor.private_next->private_prev = link;
anchor.private_next = link;
}
else
{
/* The link is already in use. */
if (link->private_close_fn != close_hook
|| link->private_ioctl_fn != ioctl_hook)
abort ();
}
}
void
unregister_fd_hook (struct fd_hook *link)
{
struct fd_hook *next = link->private_next;
struct fd_hook *prev = link->private_prev;
if (next != NULL && prev != NULL)
{
/* The link is in use. Remove it from the doubly linked list. */
prev->private_next = next;
next->private_prev = prev;
/* Clear the link, to mark it unused. */
link->private_next = NULL;
link->private_prev = NULL;
link->private_close_fn = NULL;
link->private_ioctl_fn = NULL;
}
}
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
/* Hook for making making file descriptor functions close(), ioctl() extensible.
Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef FD_HOOK_H
#define FD_HOOK_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Currently, this entire code is only needed for the handling of sockets
on native Windows platforms. */
#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
/* Type of function that closes FD. */
typedef int (*gl_close_fn) (int fd);
/* Type of function that applies a control request to FD. */
typedef int (*gl_ioctl_fn) (int fd, int request, void *arg);
/* An element of the list of file descriptor hooks.
In CLOS (Common Lisp Object System) speak, it consists of an "around"
method for the close() function and an "around" method for the ioctl()
function.
The fields of this structure are considered private. */
struct fd_hook
{
/* Doubly linked list. */
struct fd_hook *private_next;
struct fd_hook *private_prev;
/* Function that treats the types of FD that it knows about and calls
execute_close_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD) as a fallback. */
int (*private_close_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
gl_close_fn primary,
int fd);
/* Function that treats the types of FD that it knows about and calls
execute_ioctl_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD, REQUEST, ARG) as a
fallback. */
int (*private_ioctl_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
gl_ioctl_fn primary,
int fd, int request, void *arg);
};
/* This type of function closes FD, applying special knowledge for the FD
types it knows about, and calls
execute_close_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD)
for the other FD types.
In CLOS speak, REMAINING_LIST is the remaining list of "around" methods,
and PRIMARY is the "primary" method for close(). */
typedef int (*close_hook_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
gl_close_fn primary,
int fd);
/* Execute the close hooks in REMAINING_LIST, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
Return 0 or -1, like close() would do. */
extern int execute_close_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
gl_close_fn primary,
int fd);
/* Execute all close hooks, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
Return 0 or -1, like close() would do. */
extern int execute_all_close_hooks (gl_close_fn primary, int fd);
/* This type of function applies a control request to FD, applying special
knowledge for the FD types it knows about, and calls
execute_ioctl_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD, REQUEST, ARG)
for the other FD types.
In CLOS speak, REMAINING_LIST is the remaining list of "around" methods,
and PRIMARY is the "primary" method for ioctl(). */
typedef int (*ioctl_hook_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
gl_ioctl_fn primary,
int fd, int request, void *arg);
/* Execute the ioctl hooks in REMAINING_LIST, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
Return 0 or -1, like ioctl() would do. */
extern int execute_ioctl_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
gl_ioctl_fn primary,
int fd, int request, void *arg);
/* Execute all ioctl hooks, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
Return 0 or -1, like ioctl() would do. */
extern int execute_all_ioctl_hooks (gl_ioctl_fn primary,
int fd, int request, void *arg);
/* Add a function pair to the list of file descriptor hooks.
CLOSE_HOOK and IOCTL_HOOK may be NULL, indicating no change.
The LINK variable points to a piece of memory which is guaranteed to be
accessible until the corresponding call to unregister_fd_hook. */
extern void register_fd_hook (close_hook_fn close_hook, ioctl_hook_fn ioctl_hook,
struct fd_hook *link);
/* Removes a hook from the list of file descriptor hooks. */
extern void unregister_fd_hook (struct fd_hook *link);
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* FD_HOOK_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
/* Return a string describing the type of a file.
Copyright (C) 1993-1994, 2001-2002, 2004-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#include <config.h>
#include "file-type.h"
#include <gettext.h>
#define _(text) gettext (text)
char const *
file_type (struct stat const *st)
{
/* See POSIX 1003.1-2001 XCU Table 4-8 lines 17093-17107 for some of
these formats.
To keep diagnostics grammatical in English, the returned string
must start with a consonant. */
/* Do these three first, as they're the most common. */
if (S_ISREG (st->st_mode))
return st->st_size == 0 ? _("regular empty file") : _("regular file");
if (S_ISDIR (st->st_mode))
return _("directory");
if (S_ISLNK (st->st_mode))
return _("symbolic link");
/* Do the S_TYPEIS* macros next, as they may be implemented in terms
of S_ISNAM, and we want the more-specialized interpretation. */
if (S_TYPEISMQ (st))
return _("message queue");
if (S_TYPEISSEM (st))
return _("semaphore");
if (S_TYPEISSHM (st))
return _("shared memory object");
if (S_TYPEISTMO (st))
return _("typed memory object");
/* The remaining are in alphabetical order. */
if (S_ISBLK (st->st_mode))
return _("block special file");
if (S_ISCHR (st->st_mode))
return _("character special file");
if (S_ISCTG (st->st_mode))
return _("contiguous data");
if (S_ISFIFO (st->st_mode))
return _("fifo");
if (S_ISDOOR (st->st_mode))
return _("door");
if (S_ISMPB (st->st_mode))
return _("multiplexed block special file");
if (S_ISMPC (st->st_mode))
return _("multiplexed character special file");
if (S_ISMPX (st->st_mode))
return _("multiplexed file");
if (S_ISNAM (st->st_mode))
return _("named file");
if (S_ISNWK (st->st_mode))
return _("network special file");
if (S_ISOFD (st->st_mode))
return _("migrated file with data");
if (S_ISOFL (st->st_mode))
return _("migrated file without data");
if (S_ISPORT (st->st_mode))
return _("port");
if (S_ISSOCK (st->st_mode))
return _("socket");
if (S_ISWHT (st->st_mode))
return _("whiteout");
return _("weird file");
}
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
/* Return a string describing the type of a file.
Copyright (C) 1993-1994, 2001-2002, 2004-2005, 2009-2017 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering. */
#ifndef FILE_TYPE_H
# define FILE_TYPE_H 1
# include <sys/types.h>
# include <sys/stat.h>
char const *file_type (struct stat const *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
#endif /* FILE_TYPE_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
/* Basic filename support macros.
Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2007-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _FILENAME_H
#define _FILENAME_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Pathname support.
ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
*/
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Native Windows, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
&& (P)[1] == ':')
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
(strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0)
#else
/* Unix */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _FILENAME_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
/* Concatenate two arbitrary file names.
Copyright (C) 1996-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "filenamecat.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#if ! HAVE_MEMPCPY && ! defined mempcpy
# define mempcpy(D, S, N) ((void *) ((char *) memcpy (D, S, N) + (N)))
#endif
/* Return the longest suffix of F that is a relative file name.
If it has no such suffix, return the empty string. */
static char const * _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
longest_relative_suffix (char const *f)
{
for (f += FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (f); ISSLASH (*f); f++)
continue;
return f;
}
/* Concatenate two file name components, DIR and ABASE, in
newly-allocated storage and return the result.
The resulting file name F is such that the commands "ls F" and "(cd
DIR; ls BASE)" refer to the same file, where BASE is ABASE with any
file system prefixes and leading separators removed.
Arrange for a directory separator if necessary between DIR and BASE
in the result, removing any redundant separators.
In any case, if BASE_IN_RESULT is non-NULL, set
*BASE_IN_RESULT to point to the copy of ABASE in the returned
concatenation. However, if ABASE begins with more than one slash,
set *BASE_IN_RESULT to point to the sole corresponding slash that
is copied into the result buffer.
Return NULL if malloc fails. */
char *
mfile_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *abase, char **base_in_result)
{
char const *dirbase = last_component (dir);
size_t dirbaselen = base_len (dirbase);
size_t dirlen = dirbase - dir + dirbaselen;
size_t needs_separator = (dirbaselen && ! ISSLASH (dirbase[dirbaselen - 1]));
char const *base = longest_relative_suffix (abase);
size_t baselen = strlen (base);
char *p_concat = malloc (dirlen + needs_separator + baselen + 1);
char *p;
if (p_concat == NULL)
return NULL;
p = mempcpy (p_concat, dir, dirlen);
*p = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
p += needs_separator;
if (base_in_result)
*base_in_result = p - IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (abase);
p = mempcpy (p, base, baselen);
*p = '\0';
return p_concat;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
/* Concatenate two arbitrary file names.
Copyright (C) 1996-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "filenamecat.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "xalloc.h"
/* Just like mfile_name_concat (filenamecat-lgpl.c), except, rather than
returning NULL upon malloc failure, here, we report the
"memory exhausted" condition and exit. */
char *
file_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *abase, char **base_in_result)
{
char *p = mfile_name_concat (dir, abase, base_in_result);
if (p == NULL)
xalloc_die ();
return p;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
/* Concatenate two arbitrary file names.
Copyright (C) 1996-1997, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2009-2017 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
#if GNULIB_FILENAMECAT
char *file_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *base,
char **base_in_result);
#endif
char *mfile_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *base,
char **base_in_result);
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/* Sizes of structs with flexible array members.
Copyright 2016-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Written by Paul Eggert. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Nonzero multiple of alignment of TYPE, suitable for FLEXSIZEOF below.
On older platforms without _Alignof, use a pessimistic bound that is
safe in practice even if FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER is 1.
On newer platforms, use _Alignof to get a tighter bound. */
#if !defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112
# define FLEXALIGNOF(type) (sizeof (type) & ~ (sizeof (type) - 1))
#else
# define FLEXALIGNOF(type) _Alignof (type)
#endif
/* Upper bound on the size of a struct of type TYPE with a flexible
array member named MEMBER that is followed by N bytes of other data.
This is not simply sizeof (TYPE) + N, since it may require
alignment on unusually picky C11 platforms, and
FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER may be 1 on pre-C11 platforms.
Yield a value less than N if and only if arithmetic overflow occurs. */
#define FLEXSIZEOF(type, member, n) \
((offsetof (type, member) + FLEXALIGNOF (type) - 1 + (n)) \
& ~ (FLEXALIGNOF (type) - 1))
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
/* Supplemental information about the floating-point formats.
Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _FLOATPLUS_H
#define _FLOATPLUS_H
#include <float.h>
#include <limits.h>
/* Number of bits in the mantissa of a floating-point number, including the
"hidden bit". */
#if FLT_RADIX == 2
# define FLT_MANT_BIT FLT_MANT_DIG
# define DBL_MANT_BIT DBL_MANT_DIG
# define LDBL_MANT_BIT LDBL_MANT_DIG
#elif FLT_RADIX == 4
# define FLT_MANT_BIT (FLT_MANT_DIG * 2)
# define DBL_MANT_BIT (DBL_MANT_DIG * 2)
# define LDBL_MANT_BIT (LDBL_MANT_DIG * 2)
#elif FLT_RADIX == 16
# define FLT_MANT_BIT (FLT_MANT_DIG * 4)
# define DBL_MANT_BIT (DBL_MANT_DIG * 4)
# define LDBL_MANT_BIT (LDBL_MANT_DIG * 4)
#endif
/* Bit mask that can be used to mask the exponent, as an unsigned number. */
#define FLT_EXP_MASK ((FLT_MAX_EXP - FLT_MIN_EXP) | 7)
#define DBL_EXP_MASK ((DBL_MAX_EXP - DBL_MIN_EXP) | 7)
#define LDBL_EXP_MASK ((LDBL_MAX_EXP - LDBL_MIN_EXP) | 7)
/* Number of bits used for the exponent of a floating-point number, including
the exponent's sign. */
#define FLT_EXP_BIT \
(FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
32)
#define DBL_EXP_BIT \
(DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
32)
#define LDBL_EXP_BIT \
(LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
32)
/* Number of bits used for a floating-point number: the mantissa (not
counting the "hidden bit", since it may or may not be explicit), the
exponent, and the sign. */
#define FLT_TOTAL_BIT ((FLT_MANT_BIT - 1) + FLT_EXP_BIT + 1)
#define DBL_TOTAL_BIT ((DBL_MANT_BIT - 1) + DBL_EXP_BIT + 1)
#define LDBL_TOTAL_BIT ((LDBL_MANT_BIT - 1) + LDBL_EXP_BIT + 1)
/* Number of bytes used for a floating-point number.
This can be smaller than the 'sizeof'. For example, on i386 systems,
'long double' most often have LDBL_MANT_BIT = 64, LDBL_EXP_BIT = 16, hence
LDBL_TOTAL_BIT = 80 bits, i.e. 10 bytes of consecutive memory, but
sizeof (long double) = 12 or = 16. */
#define SIZEOF_FLT ((FLT_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
#define SIZEOF_DBL ((DBL_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
#define SIZEOF_LDBL ((LDBL_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
/* Verify that SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) etc. */
typedef int verify_sizeof_flt[SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) ? 1 : -1];
typedef int verify_sizeof_dbl[SIZEOF_DBL <= sizeof (double) ? 1 : - 1];
typedef int verify_sizeof_ldbl[SIZEOF_LDBL <= sizeof (long double) ? 1 : - 1];
#endif /* _FLOATPLUS_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
/* Auxiliary definitions for <float.h>.
Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <float.h>
#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && (defined _AIX || defined __linux__) && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX =
{ { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL } };
#elif defined __i386__
const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX =
{ { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 } };
#else
/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
this file is never empty. */
typedef int dummy;
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
/* A correct <float.h>.
Copyright (C) 2007-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FLOAT_H@
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
/* 'long double' properties. */
#if defined __i386__ && (defined __BEOS__ || defined __OpenBSD__)
/* Number of mantissa units, in base FLT_RADIX. */
# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 64
/* Number of decimal digits that is sufficient for representing a number. */
# undef LDBL_DIG
# define LDBL_DIG 18
/* x-1 where x is the smallest representable number > 1. */
# undef LDBL_EPSILON
# define LDBL_EPSILON 1.0842021724855044340E-19L
/* Minimum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a normalized number. */
# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_EXP (-16381)
/* Maximum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a representable finite number. */
# undef LDBL_MAX_EXP
# define LDBL_MAX_EXP 16384
/* Minimum positive normalized number. */
# undef LDBL_MIN
# define LDBL_MIN 3.3621031431120935063E-4932L
/* Maximum representable finite number. */
# undef LDBL_MAX
# define LDBL_MAX 1.1897314953572317650E+4932L
/* Minimum e such that 10^e is in the range of normalized numbers. */
# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP (-4931)
/* Maximum e such that 10^e is in the range of representable finite numbers. */
# undef LDBL_MAX_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP 4932
#endif
/* On FreeBSD/x86 6.4, the 'long double' type really has only 53 bits of
precision in the compiler but 64 bits of precision at runtime. See
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2008-07/msg00063.html>. */
#if defined __i386__ && defined __FreeBSD__
/* Number of mantissa units, in base FLT_RADIX. */
# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 64
/* Number of decimal digits that is sufficient for representing a number. */
# undef LDBL_DIG
# define LDBL_DIG 18
/* x-1 where x is the smallest representable number > 1. */
# undef LDBL_EPSILON
# define LDBL_EPSILON 1.084202172485504434007452800869941711426e-19L /* 2^-63 */
/* Minimum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a normalized number. */
# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_EXP (-16381)
/* Maximum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a representable finite number. */
# undef LDBL_MAX_EXP
# define LDBL_MAX_EXP 16384
/* Minimum positive normalized number. */
# undef LDBL_MIN
# define LDBL_MIN 3.3621031431120935E-4932L /* = 0x1p-16382L */
/* Maximum representable finite number. */
# undef LDBL_MAX
/* LDBL_MAX is represented as { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 }.
But the largest literal that GCC allows us to write is
0x0.fffffffffffff8p16384L = { 0xFFFFF800, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 }.
So, define it like this through a reference to an external variable
const unsigned int LDBL_MAX[3] = { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 };
extern const long double LDBL_MAX;
Unfortunately, this is not a constant expression. */
union gl_long_double_union
{
struct { unsigned int lo; unsigned int hi; unsigned int exponent; } xd;
long double ld;
};
extern const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX;
# define LDBL_MAX (gl_LDBL_MAX.ld)
/* Minimum e such that 10^e is in the range of normalized numbers. */
# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP (-4931)
/* Maximum e such that 10^e is in the range of representable finite numbers. */
# undef LDBL_MAX_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP 4932
#endif
/* On AIX 7.1 with gcc 4.2, the values of LDBL_MIN_EXP, LDBL_MIN, LDBL_MAX are
wrong.
On Linux/PowerPC with gcc 4.4, the value of LDBL_MAX is wrong. */
#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && defined _AIX && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_10_EXP
# undef LDBL_MIN
# define LDBL_MIN 2.22507385850720138309023271733240406422e-308L /* DBL_MIN = 2^-1022 */
#endif
#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && (defined _AIX || defined __linux__) && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
# undef LDBL_MAX
/* LDBL_MAX is represented as { 0x7FEFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7C8FFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF }.
It is not easy to define:
#define LDBL_MAX 1.79769313486231580793728971405302307166e308L
is too small, whereas
#define LDBL_MAX 1.79769313486231580793728971405302307167e308L
is too large. Apparently a bug in GCC decimal-to-binary conversion.
Also, I can't get values larger than
#define LDBL63 ((long double) (1ULL << 63))
#define LDBL882 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
#define LDBL945 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
#define LDBL1008 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
#define LDBL_MAX (LDBL1008 * 65535.0L + LDBL945 * (long double) 9223372036821221375ULL + LDBL882 * (long double) 4611686018427387904ULL)
which is represented as { 0x7FEFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7C8FFFFF, 0xF8000000 }.
So, define it like this through a reference to an external variable
const double LDBL_MAX[2] = { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL };
extern const long double LDBL_MAX;
or through a pointer cast
#define LDBL_MAX \
(*(const long double *) (double[]) { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL })
Unfortunately, this is not a constant expression, and the latter expression
does not work well when GCC is optimizing.. */
union gl_long_double_union
{
struct { double hi; double lo; } dd;
long double ld;
};
extern const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX;
# define LDBL_MAX (gl_LDBL_MAX.ld)
#endif
/* On IRIX 6.5, with cc, the value of LDBL_MANT_DIG is wrong.
On IRIX 6.5, with gcc 4.2, the values of LDBL_MIN_EXP, LDBL_MIN, LDBL_EPSILON
are wrong. */
#if defined __sgi && (LDBL_MANT_DIG >= 106)
# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 106
# if defined __GNUC__
# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_10_EXP
# undef LDBL_MIN
# define LDBL_MIN 2.22507385850720138309023271733240406422e-308L /* DBL_MIN = 2^-1022 */
# undef LDBL_EPSILON
# define LDBL_EPSILON 2.46519032881566189191165176650870696773e-32L /* 2^-105 */
# endif
#endif
#if @REPLACE_ITOLD@
/* Pull in a function that fixes the 'int' to 'long double' conversion
of glibc 2.7. */
extern
# ifdef __cplusplus
"C"
# endif
void _Qp_itoq (long double *, int);
static void (*_gl_float_fix_itold) (long double *, int) = _Qp_itoq;
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1991-1993, 1996-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _LIBC
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#include <fnmatch.h>
#include <alloca.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#define WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT \
(HAVE_WCTYPE_H && HAVE_BTOWC && HAVE_ISWCTYPE \
&& HAVE_WMEMCHR && (HAVE_WMEMCPY || HAVE_WMEMPCPY))
/* For platform which support the ISO C amendment 1 functionality we
support user defined character classes. */
#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
# include <wctype.h>
# include <wchar.h>
#endif
/* We need some of the locale data (the collation sequence information)
but there is no interface to get this information in general. Therefore
we support a correct implementation only in glibc. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
# include "../locale/elem-hash.h"
# include "../locale/coll-lookup.h"
# include <shlib-compat.h>
# define CONCAT(a,b) __CONCAT(a,b)
# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
# define fnmatch __fnmatch
extern int fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags);
#endif
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
#endif
#include "flexmember.h"
#ifndef FALLTHROUGH
# if __GNUC__ < 7
# define FALLTHROUGH ((void) 0)
# else
# define FALLTHROUGH __attribute__ ((__fallthrough__))
# endif
#endif
/* We often have to test for FNM_FILE_NAME and FNM_PERIOD being both set. */
#define NO_LEADING_PERIOD(flags) \
((flags & (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_PERIOD)) == (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_PERIOD))
/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
actually compiling the library itself, and have not detected a bug
in the library. This code is part of the GNU C
Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
(especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
program understand 'configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
#if defined _LIBC || !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ || !HAVE_FNMATCH_GNU
# if ! (defined isblank || (HAVE_ISBLANK && HAVE_DECL_ISBLANK))
# define isblank(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
# endif
# define STREQ(s1, s2) (strcmp (s1, s2) == 0)
# if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
/* The GNU C library provides support for user-defined character classes
and the functions from ISO C amendment 1. */
# ifdef CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
# else
/* This shouldn't happen but some implementation might still have this
problem. Use a reasonable default value. */
# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 256
# endif
# ifdef _LIBC
# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) __wctype (string)
# else
# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) wctype (string)
# endif
# ifdef _LIBC
# define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT) __iswctype (WC, WT)
# else
# define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT) iswctype (WC, WT)
# endif
# if (HAVE_MBSTATE_T && HAVE_MBSRTOWCS) || _LIBC
/* In this case we are implementing the multibyte character handling. */
# define HANDLE_MULTIBYTE 1
# endif
# else
# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 6 /* Namely, 'xdigit'. */
# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) \
(STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper") \
|| STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit") \
|| STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit") \
|| STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print") \
|| STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph") \
|| STREQ (string, "cntrl") || STREQ (string, "blank"))
# endif
/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
whose names are inconsistent. */
/* Global variable. */
static int posixly_correct;
# ifndef internal_function
/* Inside GNU libc we mark some function in a special way. In other
environments simply ignore the marking. */
# define internal_function
# endif
/* Note that this evaluates C many times. */
# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? tolower (c) : (c))
# define CHAR char
# define UCHAR unsigned char
# define INT int
# define FCT internal_fnmatch
# define EXT ext_match
# define END end_pattern
# define L_(CS) CS
# ifdef _LIBC
# define BTOWC(C) __btowc (C)
# else
# define BTOWC(C) btowc (C)
# endif
# define STRLEN(S) strlen (S)
# define STRCAT(D, S) strcat (D, S)
# ifdef _LIBC
# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) __mempcpy (D, S, N)
# else
# if HAVE_MEMPCPY
# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) mempcpy (D, S, N)
# else
# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) ((void *) ((char *) memcpy (D, S, N) + (N)))
# endif
# endif
# define MEMCHR(S, C, N) memchr (S, C, N)
# include "fnmatch_loop.c"
# if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? towlower (c) : (c))
# define CHAR wchar_t
# define UCHAR wint_t
# define INT wint_t
# define FCT internal_fnwmatch
# define EXT ext_wmatch
# define END end_wpattern
# define L_(CS) L##CS
# define BTOWC(C) (C)
# ifdef _LIBC
# define STRLEN(S) __wcslen (S)
# define STRCAT(D, S) __wcscat (D, S)
# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) __wmempcpy (D, S, N)
# else
# define STRLEN(S) wcslen (S)
# define STRCAT(D, S) wcscat (D, S)
# if HAVE_WMEMPCPY
# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) wmempcpy (D, S, N)
# else
# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) (wmemcpy (D, S, N) + (N))
# endif
# endif
# define MEMCHR(S, C, N) wmemchr (S, C, N)
# define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1
# undef IS_CHAR_CLASS
/* We have to convert the wide character string in a multibyte string. But
we know that the character class names consist of alphanumeric characters
from the portable character set, and since the wide character encoding
for a member of the portable character set is the same code point as
its single-byte encoding, we can use a simplified method to convert the
string to a multibyte character string. */
static wctype_t
is_char_class (const wchar_t *wcs)
{
char s[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
char *cp = s;
do
{
/* Test for a printable character from the portable character set. */
# ifdef _LIBC
if (*wcs < 0x20 || *wcs > 0x7e
|| *wcs == 0x24 || *wcs == 0x40 || *wcs == 0x60)
return (wctype_t) 0;
# else
switch (*wcs)
{
case L' ': case L'!': case L'"': case L'#': case L'%':
case L'&': case L'\'': case L'(': case L')': case L'*':
case L'+': case L',': case L'-': case L'.': case L'/':
case L'0': case L'1': case L'2': case L'3': case L'4':
case L'5': case L'6': case L'7': case L'8': case L'9':
case L':': case L';': case L'<': case L'=': case L'>':
case L'?':
case L'A': case L'B': case L'C': case L'D': case L'E':
case L'F': case L'G': case L'H': case L'I': case L'J':
case L'K': case L'L': case L'M': case L'N': case L'O':
case L'P': case L'Q': case L'R': case L'S': case L'T':
case L'U': case L'V': case L'W': case L'X': case L'Y':
case L'Z':
case L'[': case L'\\': case L']': case L'^': case L'_':
case L'a': case L'b': case L'c': case L'd': case L'e':
case L'f': case L'g': case L'h': case L'i': case L'j':
case L'k': case L'l': case L'm': case L'n': case L'o':
case L'p': case L'q': case L'r': case L's': case L't':
case L'u': case L'v': case L'w': case L'x': case L'y':
case L'z': case L'{': case L'|': case L'}': case L'~':
break;
default:
return (wctype_t) 0;
}
# endif
/* Avoid overrunning the buffer. */
if (cp == s + CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
return (wctype_t) 0;
*cp++ = (char) *wcs++;
}
while (*wcs != L'\0');
*cp = '\0';
# ifdef _LIBC
return __wctype (s);
# else
return wctype (s);
# endif
}
# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) is_char_class (string)
# include "fnmatch_loop.c"
# endif
int
fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
{
# if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
# define ALLOCA_LIMIT 2000
if (__builtin_expect (MB_CUR_MAX, 1) != 1)
{
mbstate_t ps;
size_t patsize;
size_t strsize;
size_t totsize;
wchar_t *wpattern;
wchar_t *wstring;
int res;
/* Calculate the size needed to convert the strings to
wide characters. */
memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (ps));
patsize = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &pattern, 0, &ps) + 1;
if (__builtin_expect (patsize != 0, 1))
{
assert (mbsinit (&ps));
strsize = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &string, 0, &ps) + 1;
if (__builtin_expect (strsize != 0, 1))
{
assert (mbsinit (&ps));
totsize = patsize + strsize;
if (__builtin_expect (! (patsize <= totsize
&& totsize <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (wchar_t)),
0))
{
errno = ENOMEM;
return -1;
}
/* Allocate room for the wide characters. */
if (__builtin_expect (totsize < ALLOCA_LIMIT, 1))
wpattern = (wchar_t *) alloca (totsize * sizeof (wchar_t));
else
{
wpattern = malloc (totsize * sizeof (wchar_t));
if (__builtin_expect (! wpattern, 0))
{
errno = ENOMEM;
return -1;
}
}
wstring = wpattern + patsize;
/* Convert the strings into wide characters. */
mbsrtowcs (wpattern, &pattern, patsize, &ps);
assert (mbsinit (&ps));
mbsrtowcs (wstring, &string, strsize, &ps);
res = internal_fnwmatch (wpattern, wstring, wstring + strsize - 1,
flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
if (__builtin_expect (! (totsize < ALLOCA_LIMIT), 0))
free (wpattern);
return res;
}
}
}
# endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
return internal_fnmatch (pattern, string, string + strlen (string),
flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
}
# ifdef _LIBC
# undef fnmatch
versioned_symbol (libc, __fnmatch, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_2_3);
# if SHLIB_COMPAT(libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_2_3)
strong_alias (__fnmatch, __fnmatch_old)
compat_symbol (libc, __fnmatch_old, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_0);
# endif
libc_hidden_ver (__fnmatch, fnmatch)
# endif
#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1991-1993, 1996-1999, 2001-2003, 2005, 2007, 2009-2017 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _FNMATCH_H
#define _FNMATCH_H 1
/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
(HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>. */
#undef FNM_PATHNAME
#undef FNM_NOESCAPE
#undef FNM_PERIOD
/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to 'fnmatch'. */
#define FNM_PATHNAME (1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match '/'. */
#define FNM_NOESCAPE (1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars. */
#define FNM_PERIOD (1 << 2) /* Leading '.' is matched only explicitly. */
#if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined _GNU_SOURCE
# define FNM_FILE_NAME FNM_PATHNAME /* Preferred GNU name. */
# define FNM_LEADING_DIR (1 << 3) /* Ignore '/...' after a match. */
# define FNM_CASEFOLD (1 << 4) /* Compare without regard to case. */
# define FNM_EXTMATCH (1 << 5) /* Use ksh-like extended matching. */
#endif
/* Value returned by 'fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN. */
#define FNM_NOMATCH 1
/* This value is returned if the implementation does not support
'fnmatch'. Since this is not the case here it will never be
returned but the conformance test suites still require the symbol
to be defined. */
#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
# define FNM_NOSYS (-1)
#endif
/* Match NAME against the file name pattern PATTERN,
returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not. */
extern int fnmatch (const char *__pattern, const char *__name,
int __flags)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* fnmatch.h */
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
/* Invoke freopen, but avoid some glitches.
Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Eric Blake. */
#include <config.h>
#include "stdio-safer.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#ifndef FALLTHROUGH
# if __GNUC__ < 7
# define FALLTHROUGH ((void) 0)
# else
# define FALLTHROUGH __attribute__ ((__fallthrough__))
# endif
#endif
/* Guarantee that FD is open; all smaller FDs must already be open.
Return true if successful. */
static bool
protect_fd (int fd)
{
int value = open ("/dev/null", O_RDONLY);
if (value != fd)
{
if (0 <= value)
{
close (value);
errno = EBADF; /* Unexpected; this is as good as anything else. */
}
return false;
}
return true;
}
/* Like freopen, but guarantee that reopening stdin, stdout, or stderr
preserves the invariant that STDxxx_FILENO==fileno(stdxxx), and
that no other stream will interfere with the standard streams.
This is necessary because most freopen implementations will change
the associated fd of a stream to the lowest available slot. */
FILE *
freopen_safer (char const *name, char const *mode, FILE *f)
{
/* Unfortunately, we cannot use the fopen_safer approach of using
fdopen (dup_safer (fileno (freopen (cmd, mode, f)))), because we
need to return f itself. The implementation of freopen(NULL,m,f)
is system-dependent, so the best we can do is guarantee that all
lower-valued standard fds are open prior to the freopen call,
even though this puts more pressure on open fds. */
bool protect_in = false;
bool protect_out = false;
bool protect_err = false;
int saved_errno;
switch (fileno (f))
{
default: /* -1 or not a standard stream. */
if (dup2 (STDERR_FILENO, STDERR_FILENO) != STDERR_FILENO)
protect_err = true;
FALLTHROUGH;
case STDERR_FILENO:
if (dup2 (STDOUT_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO) != STDOUT_FILENO)
protect_out = true;
FALLTHROUGH;
case STDOUT_FILENO:
if (dup2 (STDIN_FILENO, STDIN_FILENO) != STDIN_FILENO)
protect_in = true;
FALLTHROUGH;
case STDIN_FILENO:
/* Nothing left to protect. */
break;
}
if (protect_in && !protect_fd (STDIN_FILENO))
f = NULL;
else if (protect_out && !protect_fd (STDOUT_FILENO))
f = NULL;
else if (protect_err && !protect_fd (STDERR_FILENO))
f = NULL;
else
f = freopen (name, mode, f);
saved_errno = errno;
if (protect_err)
close (STDERR_FILENO);
if (protect_out)
close (STDOUT_FILENO);
if (protect_in)
close (STDIN_FILENO);
if (!f)
errno = saved_errno;
return f;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
/* Open a stream to a file.
Copyright (C) 2007-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007. */
/* If the user's config.h happens to include <stdio.h>, let it include only
the system's <stdio.h> here, so that orig_freopen doesn't recurse to
rpl_freopen. */
#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STDIO_H
#include <config.h>
/* Get the original definition of freopen. It might be defined as a macro. */
#include <stdio.h>
#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STDIO_H
#include <errno.h>
static FILE *
orig_freopen (const char *filename, const char *mode, FILE *stream)
{
return freopen (filename, mode, stream);
}
/* Specification. */
/* Write "stdio.h" here, not <stdio.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc eliminates
this include because of the preliminary #include <stdio.h> above. */
#include "stdio.h"
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
FILE *
rpl_freopen (const char *filename, const char *mode, FILE *stream)
{
FILE *result;
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
char const *null_device = "NUL";
if (filename && strcmp (filename, "/dev/null") == 0)
filename = null_device;
#else
char const *null_device = "/dev/null";
#endif
#ifdef __KLIBC__
errno = 0;
#endif
result = orig_freopen (filename, mode, stream);
if (!result)
{
#ifdef __KLIBC__
/* On OS/2 kLIBC, freopen returns NULL even if it is successful
if filename is NULL. */
if (!filename && !errno)
result = stream;
#endif
}
else if (filename)
{
int fd = fileno (result);
if (dup2 (fd, fd) < 0 && errno == EBADF)
{
int nullfd = open (null_device, O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC);
int err = 0;
if (nullfd != fd)
{
if (dup2 (nullfd, fd) < 0)
err = 1;
close (nullfd);
}
if (!err)
result = orig_freopen (filename, mode, result);
}
}
return result;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
/* fstat() replacement.
Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only
the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_fstat doesn't recurse to
rpl_fstat. */
#define __need_system_sys_stat_h
#include <config.h>
/* Get the original definition of fstat. It might be defined as a macro. */
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#undef __need_system_sys_stat_h
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
# define WINDOWS_NATIVE
#endif
#if !defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
static int
orig_fstat (int fd, struct stat *buf)
{
return fstat (fd, buf);
}
#endif
/* Specification. */
/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h>
above. */
#include "sys/stat.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
# include "msvc-nothrow.h"
# else
# include <io.h>
# endif
# include "stat-w32.h"
#endif
int
rpl_fstat (int fd, struct stat *buf)
{
#if REPLACE_FCHDIR && REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY
/* Handle the case when rpl_open() used a dummy file descriptor to work
around an open() that can't normally visit directories. */
const char *name = _gl_directory_name (fd);
if (name != NULL)
return stat (name, buf);
#endif
#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
/* Fill the fields ourselves, because the original fstat function returns
values for st_atime, st_mtime, st_ctime that depend on the current time
zone. See
<https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2017-04/msg00134.html> */
HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
{
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
return _gl_fstat_by_handle (h, NULL, buf);
#else
return orig_fstat (fd, buf);
#endif
}
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
/* getdtablesize() function for platforms that don't have it.
Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <unistd.h>
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
# include <stdio.h>
# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
# include "msvc-inval.h"
# endif
# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
static int
_setmaxstdio_nothrow (int newmax)
{
int result;
TRY_MSVC_INVAL
{
result = _setmaxstdio (newmax);
}
CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
{
result = -1;
}
DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
return result;
}
# else
# define _setmaxstdio_nothrow _setmaxstdio
# endif
/* Cache for the previous getdtablesize () result. Safe to cache because
Windows also lacks setrlimit. */
static int dtablesize;
int
getdtablesize (void)
{
if (dtablesize == 0)
{
/* We are looking for the number N such that the valid file descriptors
are 0..N-1. It can be obtained through a loop as follows:
{
int fd;
for (fd = 3; fd < 65536; fd++)
if (dup2 (0, fd) == -1)
break;
return fd;
}
On Windows XP, the result is 2048.
The drawback of this loop is that it allocates memory for a libc
internal array that is never freed.
The number N can also be obtained as the upper bound for
_getmaxstdio (). _getmaxstdio () returns the maximum number of open
FILE objects. The sanity check in _setmaxstdio reveals the maximum
number of file descriptors. This too allocates memory, but it is
freed when we call _setmaxstdio with the original value. */
int orig_max_stdio = _getmaxstdio ();
unsigned int bound;
for (bound = 0x10000; _setmaxstdio_nothrow (bound) < 0; bound = bound / 2)
;
_setmaxstdio_nothrow (orig_max_stdio);
dtablesize = bound;
}
return dtablesize;
}
#else
# include <limits.h>
# include <sys/resource.h>
# ifndef RLIM_SAVED_CUR
# define RLIM_SAVED_CUR RLIM_INFINITY
# endif
# ifndef RLIM_SAVED_MAX
# define RLIM_SAVED_MAX RLIM_INFINITY
# endif
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
/* Cygwin 1.7.25 auto-increases the RLIMIT_NOFILE soft limit until it
hits the compile-time constant hard limit of 3200. We might as
well just report the hard limit. */
# define rlim_cur rlim_max
# endif
int
getdtablesize (void)
{
#if !defined(__redox__)
struct rlimit lim;
if (getrlimit (RLIMIT_NOFILE, &lim) == 0
&& 0 <= lim.rlim_cur && lim.rlim_cur <= INT_MAX
&& lim.rlim_cur != RLIM_INFINITY
&& lim.rlim_cur != RLIM_SAVED_CUR
&& lim.rlim_cur != RLIM_SAVED_MAX)
return lim.rlim_cur;
#endif
return INT_MAX;
}
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
/* getopt-on-non-glibc compatibility macros.
Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of gnulib.
Unlike most of the getopt implementation, it is NOT shared
with the GNU C Library.
gnulib is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of
the License, or (at your option) any later version.
gnulib is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with gnulib; if not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GETOPT_CDEFS_H
#define _GETOPT_CDEFS_H 1
/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h or
unistd.h instead. It does not have a protective #error, because
the guard macro for getopt.h in gnulib is not fixed. */
/* getopt-core.h and getopt-ext.h are shared with GNU libc, and expect
a number of the internal macros supplied to GNU libc's headers by
sys/cdefs.h. Provide fallback definitions for all of them. */
#if @HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H@
# include <sys/cdefs.h>
#endif
#ifndef __BEGIN_DECLS
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define __BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" {
# else
# define __BEGIN_DECLS /* nothing */
# endif
#endif
#ifndef __END_DECLS
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define __END_DECLS }
# else
# define __END_DECLS /* nothing */
# endif
#endif
#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_VERSION__
# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) \
((__GNUC__ << 16) + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= ((maj) << 16) + (min))
# else
# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0
# endif
#endif
#ifndef __THROW
# if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
# define __THROW throw ()
# else
# define __THROW
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _GETOPT_CDEFS_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
/* Declarations for getopt (basic, portable features only).
Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib.
Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GETOPT_CORE_H
#define _GETOPT_CORE_H 1
/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h or
unistd.h instead. Unlike most bits headers, it does not have
a protective #error, because the guard macro for getopt.h in
gnulib is not fixed. */
__BEGIN_DECLS
/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller.
When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
the argument value is returned here.
Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
extern char *optarg;
/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
This is used for communication to and from the caller
and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'.
On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next
how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
extern int optind;
/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message 'getopt' prints
for unrecognized options. */
extern int opterr;
/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
extern int optopt;
/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
options given in OPTS.
Return the option character from OPTS just read. Return -1 when
there are no more options. For unrecognized options, or options
missing arguments, 'optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
returned.
The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
takes an argument, to be placed in 'optarg'.
If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
optional. This behavior is specific to the GNU 'getopt'.
The argument '--' causes premature termination of argument
scanning, explicitly telling 'getopt' that there are no more
options.
If OPTS begins with '-', then non-option arguments are treated as
arguments to the option '\1'. This behavior is specific to the GNU
'getopt'. If OPTS begins with '+', or POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in
the environment, then do not permute arguments.
For standards compliance, the 'argv' argument has the type
char *const *, but this is inaccurate; if argument permutation is
enabled, the argv array (not the strings it points to) must be
writable. */
extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts)
__THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
__END_DECLS
#endif /* _GETOPT_CORE_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/* Declarations for getopt (GNU extensions).
Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib.
Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GETOPT_EXT_H
#define _GETOPT_EXT_H 1
/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h instead.
Unlike most bits headers, it does not have a protective #error,
because the guard macro for getopt.h in gnulib is not fixed. */
__BEGIN_DECLS
/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
of 'struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
zero.
The field 'has_arg' is:
no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
If the field 'flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
to the value given in the field 'val' when the option is found, but
left unchanged if the option is not found.
To have a long-named option do something other than set an 'int' to
a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from 'optarg', set the
option's 'flag' field to zero and its 'val' field to a nonzero
value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
one). For long options that have a zero 'flag' field, 'getopt'
returns the contents of the 'val' field. */
struct option
{
const char *name;
/* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
int has_arg;
int *flag;
int val;
};
/* Names for the values of the 'has_arg' field of 'struct option'. */
#define no_argument 0
#define required_argument 1
#define optional_argument 2
extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
__THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
__THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
__END_DECLS
#endif /* _GETOPT_EXT_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
/* getopt (basic, portable features) gnulib wrapper header.
Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of gnulib.
Unlike most of the getopt implementation, it is NOT shared
with the GNU C Library.
gnulib is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of
the License, or (at your option) any later version.
gnulib is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with gnulib; if not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GETOPT_PFX_CORE_H
#define _GETOPT_PFX_CORE_H 1
/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h or
unistd.h instead. It does not have a protective #error, because
the guard macro for getopt.h in gnulib is not fixed. */
/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
defined in getopt-core.h and getopt-ext.h. Systematically
rename identifiers so that they do not collide with the system
functions and variables. Renaming avoids problems with some
compilers and linkers. */
#ifdef __GETOPT_PREFIX
# ifndef __GETOPT_ID
# define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y
# define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y)
# define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y)
# endif
# undef getopt
# undef optarg
# undef opterr
# undef optind
# undef optopt
# define getopt __GETOPT_ID (getopt)
# define optarg __GETOPT_ID (optarg)
# define opterr __GETOPT_ID (opterr)
# define optind __GETOPT_ID (optind)
# define optopt __GETOPT_ID (optopt)
#endif
#include <getopt-core.h>
#endif /* _GETOPT_PFX_CORE_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
/* getopt (GNU extensions) gnulib wrapper header.
Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of gnulib.
Unlike most of the getopt implementation, it is NOT shared
with the GNU C Library.
gnulib is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of
the License, or (at your option) any later version.
gnulib is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with gnulib; if not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GETOPT_PFX_EXT_H
#define _GETOPT_PFX_EXT_H 1
/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h instead.
It does not have a protective #error, because the guard macro for
getopt.h in gnulib is not fixed. */
/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
defined in getopt-core.h and getopt-ext.h. Systematically
rename identifiers so that they do not collide with the system
functions and variables. Renaming avoids problems with some
compilers and linkers. */
#ifdef __GETOPT_PREFIX
# ifndef __GETOPT_ID
# define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y
# define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y)
# define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y)
# endif
# undef getopt_long
# undef getopt_long_only
# undef option
# undef _getopt_internal
# define getopt_long __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long)
# define getopt_long_only __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long_only)
# define option __GETOPT_ID (option)
# define _getopt_internal __GETOPT_ID (getopt_internal)
#endif
/* Standalone applications get correct prototypes for getopt_long and
getopt_long_only; they declare "char **argv". For backward
compatibility with old applications, if __GETOPT_PREFIX is not
defined, we supply GNU-libc-compatible, but incorrect, prototypes
using "char *const *argv". (GNU libc is stuck with the incorrect
prototypes, as they are baked into older versions of LSB.) */
#ifndef __getopt_argv_const
# if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX
# define __getopt_argv_const /* empty */
# else
# define __getopt_argv_const const
# endif
#endif
#include <getopt-ext.h>
#endif /* _GETOPT_PFX_EXT_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,811 @@
/* Getopt for GNU.
Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib.
Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _LIBC
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "getopt.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#ifdef _LIBC
/* When used as part of glibc, error printing must be done differently
for standards compliance. getopt is not a cancellation point, so
it must not call functions that are, and it is specified by an
older standard than stdio locking, so it must not refer to
functions in the "user namespace" related to stdio locking.
Finally, it must use glibc's internal message translation so that
the messages are looked up in the proper text domain. */
# include <libintl.h>
# define fprintf __fxprintf_nocancel
# define flockfile(fp) _IO_flockfile (fp)
# define funlockfile(fp) _IO_funlockfile (fp)
#else
# include "gettext.h"
# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
/* When used standalone, flockfile and funlockfile might not be
available. */
# if (!defined _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS \
|| ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__))
# define flockfile(fp) /* nop */
# define funlockfile(fp) /* nop */
# endif
/* When used standalone, do not attempt to use alloca. */
# define __libc_use_alloca(size) 0
# undef alloca
# define alloca(size) (abort (), (void *)0)
#endif
/* This implementation of 'getopt' has three modes for handling
options interspersed with non-option arguments. It can stop
scanning for options at the first non-option argument encountered,
as POSIX specifies. It can continue scanning for options after the
first non-option argument, but permute 'argv' as it goes so that,
after 'getopt' is done, all the options precede all the non-option
arguments and 'optind' points to the first non-option argument.
Or, it can report non-option arguments as if they were arguments to
the option character '\x01'.
The default behavior of 'getopt_long' is to permute the argument list.
When this implementation is used standalone, the default behavior of
'getopt' is to stop at the first non-option argument, but when it is
used as part of GNU libc it also permutes the argument list. In both
cases, setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT to any value
disables permutation.
If the first character of the OPTSTRING argument to 'getopt' or
'getopt_long' is '+', both functions will stop at the first
non-option argument. If it is '-', both functions will report
non-option arguments as arguments to the option character '\x01'. */
#include "getopt_int.h"
/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller.
When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
the argument value is returned here.
Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
char *optarg;
/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
This is used for communication to and from the caller
and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'.
On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next
how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */
int optind = 1;
/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
for unrecognized options. */
int opterr = 1;
/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
system's own getopt implementation. */
int optopt = '?';
/* Keep a global copy of all internal members of getopt_data. */
static struct _getopt_data getopt_data;
/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
'first_nonopt' and 'last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */
static void
exchange (char **argv, struct _getopt_data *d)
{
int bottom = d->__first_nonopt;
int middle = d->__last_nonopt;
int top = d->optind;
char *tem;
/* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */
while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
{
if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
{
/* Bottom segment is the short one. */
int len = middle - bottom;
int i;
/* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
{
tem = argv[bottom + i];
argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
}
/* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */
top -= len;
}
else
{
/* Top segment is the short one. */
int len = top - middle;
int i;
/* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
{
tem = argv[bottom + i];
argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
argv[middle + i] = tem;
}
/* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */
bottom += len;
}
}
/* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */
d->__first_nonopt += (d->optind - d->__last_nonopt);
d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
}
/* Process the argument starting with d->__nextchar as a long option.
d->optind should *not* have been advanced over this argument.
If the value returned is -1, it was not actually a long option, the
state is unchanged, and the argument should be processed as a set
of short options (this can only happen when long_only is true).
Otherwise, the option (and its argument, if any) have been consumed
and the return value is the value to return from _getopt_internal_r. */
static int
process_long_option (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
int long_only, struct _getopt_data *d,
int print_errors, const char *prefix)
{
char *nameend;
size_t namelen;
const struct option *p;
const struct option *pfound = NULL;
int n_options;
int option_index;
for (nameend = d->__nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
/* Do nothing. */ ;
namelen = nameend - d->__nextchar;
/* First look for an exact match, counting the options as a side
effect. */
for (p = longopts, n_options = 0; p->name; p++, n_options++)
if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, namelen)
&& namelen == strlen (p->name))
{
/* Exact match found. */
pfound = p;
option_index = n_options;
break;
}
if (pfound == NULL)
{
/* Didn't find an exact match, so look for abbreviations. */
unsigned char *ambig_set = NULL;
int ambig_malloced = 0;
int ambig_fallback = 0;
int indfound = -1;
for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, namelen))
{
if (pfound == NULL)
{
/* First nonexact match found. */
pfound = p;
indfound = option_index;
}
else if (long_only
|| pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
|| pfound->flag != p->flag
|| pfound->val != p->val)
{
/* Second or later nonexact match found. */
if (!ambig_fallback)
{
if (!print_errors)
/* Don't waste effort tracking the ambig set if
we're not going to print it anyway. */
ambig_fallback = 1;
else if (!ambig_set)
{
if (__libc_use_alloca (n_options))
ambig_set = alloca (n_options);
else if ((ambig_set = malloc (n_options)) == NULL)
/* Fall back to simpler error message. */
ambig_fallback = 1;
else
ambig_malloced = 1;
if (ambig_set)
{
memset (ambig_set, 0, n_options);
ambig_set[indfound] = 1;
}
}
if (ambig_set)
ambig_set[option_index] = 1;
}
}
}
if (ambig_set || ambig_fallback)
{
if (print_errors)
{
if (ambig_fallback)
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option '%s%s' is ambiguous\n"),
argv[0], prefix, d->__nextchar);
else
{
flockfile (stderr);
fprintf (stderr,
_("%s: option '%s%s' is ambiguous; possibilities:"),
argv[0], prefix, d->__nextchar);
for (option_index = 0; option_index < n_options; option_index++)
if (ambig_set[option_index])
fprintf (stderr, " '%s%s'",
prefix, longopts[option_index].name);
/* This must use 'fprintf' even though it's only
printing a single character, so that it goes through
__fxprintf_nocancel when compiled as part of glibc. */
fprintf (stderr, "\n");
funlockfile (stderr);
}
}
if (ambig_malloced)
free (ambig_set);
d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
d->optind++;
d->optopt = 0;
return '?';
}
option_index = indfound;
}
if (pfound == NULL)
{
/* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only,
or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short option,
then it's an error. */
if (!long_only || argv[d->optind][1] == '-'
|| strchr (optstring, *d->__nextchar) == NULL)
{
if (print_errors)
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option '%s%s'\n"),
argv[0], prefix, d->__nextchar);
d->__nextchar = NULL;
d->optind++;
d->optopt = 0;
return '?';
}
/* Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */
return -1;
}
/* We have found a matching long option. Consume it. */
d->optind++;
d->__nextchar = NULL;
if (*nameend)
{
/* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
allow it to be used on enums. */
if (pfound->has_arg)
d->optarg = nameend + 1;
else
{
if (print_errors)
fprintf (stderr,
_("%s: option '%s%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
argv[0], prefix, pfound->name);
d->optopt = pfound->val;
return '?';
}
}
else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
{
if (d->optind < argc)
d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
else
{
if (print_errors)
fprintf (stderr,
_("%s: option '%s%s' requires an argument\n"),
argv[0], prefix, pfound->name);
d->optopt = pfound->val;
return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
}
}
if (longind != NULL)
*longind = option_index;
if (pfound->flag)
{
*(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
return 0;
}
return pfound->val;
}
/* Initialize internal data upon the first call to getopt. */
static const char *
_getopt_initialize (int argc _GL_UNUSED,
char **argv _GL_UNUSED, const char *optstring,
struct _getopt_data *d, int posixly_correct)
{
/* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */
if (d->optind == 0)
d->optind = 1;
d->__first_nonopt = d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
d->__nextchar = NULL;
/* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */
if (optstring[0] == '-')
{
d->__ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
++optstring;
}
else if (optstring[0] == '+')
{
d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
++optstring;
}
else if (posixly_correct || !!getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"))
d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
else
d->__ordering = PERMUTE;
d->__initialized = 1;
return optstring;
}
/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
given in OPTSTRING.
If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
then it is an option element. The characters of this element
(aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If 'getopt'
is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
from each of the option elements.
If 'getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
updating 'optind' and 'nextchar' so that the next call to 'getopt' can
resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
If there are no more option characters, 'getopt' returns -1.
Then 'optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
so that those that are not options now come last.)
OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
return '?' after printing an error message. If you set 'opterr' to
zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
ARGV-element, is returned in 'optarg'. Two colons mean an option that
wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
it is returned in 'optarg', otherwise 'optarg' is set to zero.
If OPTSTRING starts with '-' or '+', it requests different methods of
handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
Long-named options begin with '--' instead of '-'.
Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an
argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
from the option name by a '=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
When 'getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
'flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's 'val' field
if the 'flag' field is zero.
The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
with other systems.
LONGOPTS is a vector of 'struct option' terminated by an
element containing a name which is zero.
LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
recent call.
If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
long-named options. */
int
_getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
int long_only, struct _getopt_data *d, int posixly_correct)
{
int print_errors = d->opterr;
if (argc < 1)
return -1;
d->optarg = NULL;
if (d->optind == 0 || !d->__initialized)
optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring, d, posixly_correct);
else if (optstring[0] == '-' || optstring[0] == '+')
optstring++;
if (optstring[0] == ':')
print_errors = 0;
/* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument. */
#define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0')
if (d->__nextchar == NULL || *d->__nextchar == '\0')
{
/* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */
/* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been
moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments). */
if (d->__last_nonopt > d->optind)
d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
if (d->__first_nonopt > d->optind)
d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
if (d->__ordering == PERMUTE)
{
/* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
exchange them so that the options come first. */
if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
&& d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
exchange (argv, d);
else if (d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
/* Skip any additional non-options
and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */
while (d->optind < argc && NONOPTION_P)
d->optind++;
d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
}
/* The special ARGV-element '--' means premature end of options.
Skip it like a null option,
then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
then skip everything else like a non-option. */
if (d->optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[d->optind], "--"))
{
d->optind++;
if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
&& d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
exchange (argv, d);
else if (d->__first_nonopt == d->__last_nonopt)
d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
d->__last_nonopt = argc;
d->optind = argc;
}
/* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */
if (d->optind == argc)
{
/* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */
if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt)
d->optind = d->__first_nonopt;
return -1;
}
/* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */
if (NONOPTION_P)
{
if (d->__ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
return -1;
d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
return 1;
}
/* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
Check whether it might be a long option. */
if (longopts)
{
if (argv[d->optind][1] == '-')
{
/* "--foo" is always a long option. The special option
"--" was handled above. */
d->__nextchar = argv[d->optind] + 2;
return process_long_option (argc, argv, optstring, longopts,
longind, long_only, d,
print_errors, "--");
}
/* If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f",
where f is a valid short option, don't consider it an
abbreviated form of a long option that starts with f.
Otherwise there would be no way to give the -f short
option.
On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an
abbreviation of the long option, just like "--fu", and
not "-f" with arg "u".
This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */
if (long_only && (argv[d->optind][2]
|| !strchr (optstring, argv[d->optind][1])))
{
int code;
d->__nextchar = argv[d->optind] + 1;
code = process_long_option (argc, argv, optstring, longopts,
longind, long_only, d,
print_errors, "-");
if (code != -1)
return code;
}
}
/* It is not a long option. Skip the initial punctuation. */
d->__nextchar = argv[d->optind] + 1;
}
/* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */
{
char c = *d->__nextchar++;
const char *temp = strchr (optstring, c);
/* Increment 'optind' when we start to process its last character. */
if (*d->__nextchar == '\0')
++d->optind;
if (temp == NULL || c == ':' || c == ';')
{
if (print_errors)
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- '%c'\n"), argv[0], c);
d->optopt = c;
return '?';
}
/* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */
if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';' && longopts != NULL)
{
/* This is an option that requires an argument. */
if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
else if (d->optind == argc)
{
if (print_errors)
fprintf (stderr,
_("%s: option requires an argument -- '%c'\n"),
argv[0], c);
d->optopt = c;
if (optstring[0] == ':')
c = ':';
else
c = '?';
return c;
}
else
d->optarg = argv[d->optind];
d->__nextchar = d->optarg;
d->optarg = NULL;
return process_long_option (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind,
0 /* long_only */, d, print_errors, "-W ");
}
if (temp[1] == ':')
{
if (temp[2] == ':')
{
/* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */
if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
{
d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
d->optind++;
}
else
d->optarg = NULL;
d->__nextchar = NULL;
}
else
{
/* This is an option that requires an argument. */
if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
{
d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
/* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
we must advance to the next element now. */
d->optind++;
}
else if (d->optind == argc)
{
if (print_errors)
fprintf (stderr,
_("%s: option requires an argument -- '%c'\n"),
argv[0], c);
d->optopt = c;
if (optstring[0] == ':')
c = ':';
else
c = '?';
}
else
/* We already incremented 'optind' once;
increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */
d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
d->__nextchar = NULL;
}
}
return c;
}
}
int
_getopt_internal (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
const struct option *longopts, int *longind, int long_only,
int posixly_correct)
{
int result;
getopt_data.optind = optind;
getopt_data.opterr = opterr;
result = _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, optstring, longopts,
longind, long_only, &getopt_data,
posixly_correct);
optind = getopt_data.optind;
optarg = getopt_data.optarg;
optopt = getopt_data.optopt;
return result;
}
/* glibc gets a LSB-compliant getopt and a POSIX-complaint __posix_getopt.
Standalone applications just get a POSIX-compliant getopt.
POSIX and LSB both require these functions to take 'char *const *argv'
even though this is incorrect (because of the permutation). */
#define GETOPT_ENTRY(NAME, POSIXLY_CORRECT) \
int \
NAME (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring) \
{ \
return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **)argv, optstring, \
0, 0, 0, POSIXLY_CORRECT); \
}
#ifdef _LIBC
GETOPT_ENTRY(getopt, 0)
GETOPT_ENTRY(__posix_getopt, 1)
#else
GETOPT_ENTRY(getopt, 1)
#endif
#ifdef TEST
/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
the above definition of 'getopt'. */
int
main (int argc, char **argv)
{
int c;
int digit_optind = 0;
while (1)
{
int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
if (c == -1)
break;
switch (c)
{
case '0':
case '1':
case '2':
case '3':
case '4':
case '5':
case '6':
case '7':
case '8':
case '9':
if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
digit_optind = this_option_optind;
printf ("option %c\n", c);
break;
case 'a':
printf ("option a\n");
break;
case 'b':
printf ("option b\n");
break;
case 'c':
printf ("option c with value '%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case '?':
break;
default:
printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
}
}
if (optind < argc)
{
printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
while (optind < argc)
printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
printf ("\n");
}
exit (0);
}
#endif /* TEST */
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/* Declarations for getopt.
Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of gnulib.
Unlike most of the getopt implementation, it is NOT shared
with the GNU C Library, which supplies a different version of
this file.
gnulib is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of
the License, or (at your option) any later version.
gnulib is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with gnulib; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. We must
also inform the replacement unistd.h to not recursively use
<getopt.h>; our definitions will be present soon enough. */
#if @HAVE_GETOPT_H@
# define _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_GETOPT_H@
# undef _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
#endif
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H 1
/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
defined in getopt-core.h and getopt-ext.h. When this happens,
include the headers that might declare getopt so that they will not
cause confusion if included after this file (if the system had
<getopt.h>, we have already included it). */
#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX
# if !@HAVE_GETOPT_H@
# define __need_system_stdlib_h
# include <stdlib.h>
# undef __need_system_stdlib_h
# include <stdio.h>
# include <unistd.h>
# endif
#endif
/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
#include <getopt-cdefs.h>
#include <getopt-pfx-core.h>
#include <getopt-pfx-ext.h>
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib.
Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _LIBC
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "getopt.h"
#include "getopt_int.h"
int
getopt_long (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
opt_index, 0, 0);
}
int
_getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
struct _getopt_data *d)
{
return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
0, d, 0);
}
/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
instead. */
int
getopt_long_only (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv,
const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
opt_index, 1, 0);
}
int
_getopt_long_only_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
struct _getopt_data *d)
{
return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
1, d, 0);
}
#ifdef TEST
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
int
main (int argc, char **argv)
{
int c;
int digit_optind = 0;
while (1)
{
int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
int option_index = 0;
static const struct option long_options[] =
{
{"add", 1, 0, 0},
{"append", 0, 0, 0},
{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
{"create", 0, 0, 0},
{"file", 1, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0}
};
c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
long_options, &option_index);
if (c == -1)
break;
switch (c)
{
case 0:
printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
if (optarg)
printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
printf ("\n");
break;
case '0':
case '1':
case '2':
case '3':
case '4':
case '5':
case '6':
case '7':
case '8':
case '9':
if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
digit_optind = this_option_optind;
printf ("option %c\n", c);
break;
case 'a':
printf ("option a\n");
break;
case 'b':
printf ("option b\n");
break;
case 'c':
printf ("option c with value '%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case 'd':
printf ("option d with value '%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case '?':
break;
default:
printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
}
}
if (optind < argc)
{
printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
while (optind < argc)
printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
printf ("\n");
}
exit (0);
}
#endif /* TEST */
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
/* Internal declarations for getopt.
Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib.
Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GETOPT_INT_H
#define _GETOPT_INT_H 1
#include <getopt.h>
extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
int __long_only, int __posixly_correct);
/* Reentrant versions which can handle parsing multiple argument
vectors at the same time. */
/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; stop option
processing when the first non-option is seen. This is what POSIX
specifies should happen.
PERMUTE means permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, so that
eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options
to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written
to expect this.
RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were
written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order
and that care about the ordering of the two. We describe each
non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option
with character code 1.
The special argument '--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
of the value of 'ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
'--' can cause 'getopt' to return -1 with 'optind' != ARGC. */
enum __ord
{
REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
};
/* Data type for reentrant functions. */
struct _getopt_data
{
/* These have exactly the same meaning as the corresponding global
variables, except that they are used for the reentrant
versions of getopt. */
int optind;
int opterr;
int optopt;
char *optarg;
/* Internal members. */
/* True if the internal members have been initialized. */
int __initialized;
/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
in which the last option character we returned was found.
This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */
char *__nextchar;
/* See __ord above. */
enum __ord __ordering;
/* Handle permutation of arguments. */
/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
been skipped. 'first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first
of them; 'last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */
int __first_nonopt;
int __last_nonopt;
};
/* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their
default values and to clear the initialization flag. */
#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER { 1, 1 }
extern int _getopt_internal_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
int __long_only, struct _getopt_data *__data,
int __posixly_correct);
extern int _getopt_long_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
struct _getopt_data *__data);
extern int _getopt_long_only_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts,
int *__longind,
struct _getopt_data *__data);
#endif /* getopt_int.h */
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
/* Program name management.
Copyright (C) 2016-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "getprogname.h"
#include <errno.h> /* get program_invocation_name declaration */
#include <stdlib.h> /* get __argv declaration */
#ifdef _AIX
# include <unistd.h>
# include <procinfo.h>
# include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef __MVS__
# ifndef _OPEN_SYS
# define _OPEN_SYS
# endif
# include <string.h>
# include <sys/ps.h>
#endif
#ifdef __hpux
# include <unistd.h>
# include <sys/param.h>
# include <sys/pstat.h>
# include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef __sgi
# include <string.h>
# include <unistd.h>
# include <stdio.h>
# include <fcntl.h>
# include <sys/procfs.h>
#endif
#if defined(__redox__)
# include <string.h>
# include <unistd.h>
# include <stdio.h>
# include <fcntl.h>
# include <limits.h>
#endif
#include "dirname.h"
#ifndef HAVE_GETPROGNAME /* not Mac OS X, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD >= 5.4, Cygwin */
char const *
getprogname (void)
{
# if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME /* glibc, BeOS */
/* https://www.gnu.org/software/libc/manual/html_node/Error-Messages.html */
return program_invocation_short_name;
# elif HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME /* glibc, BeOS */
/* https://www.gnu.org/software/libc/manual/html_node/Error-Messages.html */
return last_component (program_invocation_name);
# elif HAVE_GETEXECNAME /* Solaris */
/* http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E19253-01/816-5168/6mbb3hrb1/index.html */
const char *p = getexecname ();
if (!p)
p = "?";
return last_component (p);
# elif HAVE_DECL___ARGV /* mingw, MSVC */
/* https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dn727674.aspx */
const char *p = __argv && __argv[0] ? __argv[0] : "?";
return last_component (p);
# elif HAVE_VAR___PROGNAME /* OpenBSD, QNX */
/* http://man.openbsd.org/style.9 */
/* http://www.qnx.de/developers/docs/6.5.0/index.jsp?topic=%2Fcom.qnx.doc.neutrino_lib_ref%2Fp%2F__progname.html */
/* Be careful to declare this only when we absolutely need it
(OpenBSD 5.1), rather than when it's available. Otherwise,
its mere declaration makes program_invocation_short_name
malfunction (have zero length) with Fedora 25's glibc. */
extern char *__progname;
const char *p = __progname;
return p && p[0] ? p : "?";
# elif _AIX /* AIX */
/* Idea by Bastien ROUCARIÈS,
http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2010-12/msg00095.html
Reference: http://
ibm.biz/knowctr#ssw_aix_53/com.ibm.aix.basetechref/doc/basetrf1/getprocs.htm
*/
static char *p;
static int first = 1;
if (first)
{
first = 0;
pid_t pid = getpid ();
struct procentry64 procs;
p = (0 < getprocs64 (&procs, sizeof procs, NULL, 0, &pid, 1)
? strdup (procs.pi_comm)
: NULL);
if (!p)
p = "?";
}
return p;
# elif defined __hpux
static char *p;
static int first = 1;
if (first)
{
first = 0;
pid_t pid = getpid ();
struct pst_status status;
p = (0 < pstat_getproc (&status, sizeof status, 0, pid)
? strdup (status.pst_ucomm)
: NULL);
if (!p)
p = "?";
}
return p;
# elif __MVS__ /* z/OS */
/* https://www.ibm.com/support/knowledgecenter/SSLTBW_2.1.0/com.ibm.zos.v2r1.bpxbd00/rtwgetp.htm */
static char *p = "?";
static int first = 1;
if (first)
{
pid_t pid = getpid ();
int token;
W_PSPROC buf;
first = 0;
memset (&buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
buf.ps_cmdptr = (char *) malloc (buf.ps_cmdlen = PS_CMDBLEN_LONG);
buf.ps_conttyptr = (char *) malloc (buf.ps_conttylen = PS_CONTTYBLEN);
buf.ps_pathptr = (char *) malloc (buf.ps_pathlen = PS_PATHBLEN);
if (buf.ps_cmdptr && buf.ps_conttyptr && buf.ps_pathptr)
{
for (token = 0; token >= 0;
token = w_getpsent (token, &buf, sizeof(buf)))
{
if (token > 0 && buf.ps_pid == pid)
{
char *s = strdup (last_component (buf.ps_pathptr));
if (s)
p = s;
break;
}
}
}
free (buf.ps_cmdptr);
free (buf.ps_conttyptr);
free (buf.ps_pathptr);
}
return p;
# elif defined __sgi /* IRIX */
char filename[50];
int fd;
sprintf (filename, "/proc/pinfo/%d", (int) getpid ());
fd = open (filename, O_RDONLY);
if (0 <= fd)
{
prpsinfo_t buf;
int ioctl_ok = 0 <= ioctl (fd, PIOCPSINFO, &buf);
close (fd);
if (ioctl_ok)
{
char *name = buf.pr_fname;
char *namesize = sizeof buf.pr_fname;
char *namenul = memchr (name, '\0', namesize);
size_t namelen = namenul ? namenul - name : namesize;
char *namecopy = malloc (namelen + 1);
if (namecopy)
{
namecopy[namelen] = 0;
return memcpy (namecopy, name, namelen);
}
}
}
return NULL;
# elif defined(__redox__)
char filename[PATH_MAX];
int fd = open ("sys:exe", O_RDONLY);
if (fd > 0) {
int len = read(fd, filename, PATH_MAX-1);
if (len > 0) {
filename[len] = '\0';
return strdup(filename);
}
}
return NULL;
# else
# error "getprogname module not ported to this OS"
# endif
}
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
/* Program name management.
Copyright (C) 2016-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GL_GETPROGNAME_H
#define _GL_GETPROGNAME_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Return the base name of the executing program.
On native Windows this will usually end in ".exe" or ".EXE". */
#ifndef HAVE_GETPROGNAME
extern char const *getprogname (void)
# ifdef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
# endif
;
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option
or through "#define ENABLE NLS 0" before including this file. */
#if defined ENABLE_NLS && ENABLE_NLS
/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
# include <libintl.h>
/* You can set the DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN macro to specify the domain used by
the gettext() and ngettext() macros. This is an alternative to calling
textdomain(), and is useful for libraries. */
# ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
# undef gettext
# define gettext(Msgid) \
dgettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid)
# undef ngettext
# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
dngettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid1, Msgid2, N)
# endif
#else
/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include it now, to make
later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP. We don't include <libintl.h>
as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
is OK. */
#if defined(__sun)
# include <locale.h>
#endif
/* Many header files from the libstdc++ coming with g++ 3.3 or newer include
<libintl.h>, which chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include
it now, to make later inclusions of <libintl.h> a NOP. */
#if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3)
# include <cstdlib>
# if (__GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H
# include <libintl.h>
# endif
#endif
/* Disabled NLS.
The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
contain "#define const". */
# undef gettext
# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
# undef dgettext
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((void) (Domainname), gettext (Msgid))
# undef dcgettext
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
((void) (Category), dgettext (Domainname, Msgid))
# undef ngettext
# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((N) == 1 \
? ((void) (Msgid2), (const char *) (Msgid1)) \
: ((void) (Msgid1), (const char *) (Msgid2)))
# undef dngettext
# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((void) (Domainname), ngettext (Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
# undef dcngettext
# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
((void) (Category), dngettext (Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
# undef textdomain
# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
# undef bindtextdomain
# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) \
((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Dirname))
# undef bind_textdomain_codeset
# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) \
((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Codeset))
#endif
/* Prefer gnulib's setlocale override over libintl's setlocale override. */
#ifdef GNULIB_defined_setlocale
# undef setlocale
# define setlocale rpl_setlocale
#endif
/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time
translation is done at a different place in the code.
The argument, String, should be a literal string. Concatenated strings
and other string expressions won't work.
The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables. */
#define gettext_noop(String) String
/* The separator between msgctxt and msgid in a .mo file. */
#define GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE "\004"
/* Pseudo function calls, taking a MSGCTXT and a MSGID instead of just a
MSGID. MSGCTXT and MSGID must be string literals. MSGCTXT should be
short and rarely need to change.
The letter 'p' stands for 'particular' or 'special'. */
#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
pgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#else
# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
pgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#endif
#define dpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#define dcpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, Category) \
pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, Category)
#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
npgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#else
# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
npgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#endif
#define dnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#define dcnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) \
npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category)
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
inline
#endif
#endif
static const char *
pgettext_aux (const char *domain,
const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
int category)
{
const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
if (translation == msg_ctxt_id)
return msgid;
else
return translation;
}
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
inline
#endif
#endif
static const char *
npgettext_aux (const char *domain,
const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
int category)
{
const char *translation =
dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
if (translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural)
return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
else
return translation;
}
/* The same thing extended for non-constant arguments. Here MSGCTXT and MSGID
can be arbitrary expressions. But for string literals these macros are
less efficient than those above. */
#include <string.h>
#if (((__GNUC__ >= 3 || __GNUG__ >= 2) && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__) \
/* || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ )
# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 1
#else
# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 0
#endif
#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#define pgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
dcpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#define dpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
dcpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
inline
#endif
#endif
static const char *
dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
int category)
{
size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
const char *translation;
#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
#else
char buf[1024];
char *msg_ctxt_id =
(msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
? buf
: (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
#endif
{
int found_translation;
memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
found_translation = (translation != msg_ctxt_id);
#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
free (msg_ctxt_id);
#endif
if (found_translation)
return translation;
}
return msgid;
}
#define npgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
dcnpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#define dnpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
dcnpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
inline
#endif
#endif
static const char *
dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
int category)
{
size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
const char *translation;
#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
#else
char buf[1024];
char *msg_ctxt_id =
(msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
? buf
: (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
#endif
{
int found_translation;
memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
found_translation = !(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural);
#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
free (msg_ctxt_id);
#endif
if (found_translation)
return translation;
}
return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
}
#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
/* gettime -- get the system clock
Copyright (C) 2002, 2004-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#include <config.h>
#include "timespec.h"
#include <sys/time.h>
/* Get the system time into *TS. */
void
gettime (struct timespec *ts)
{
#if HAVE_NANOTIME
nanotime (ts);
#else
# if defined CLOCK_REALTIME && HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME
if (clock_gettime (CLOCK_REALTIME, ts) == 0)
return;
# endif
{
struct timeval tv;
gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
ts->tv_sec = tv.tv_sec;
ts->tv_nsec = tv.tv_usec * 1000;
}
#endif
}
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
/* Provide gettimeofday for systems that don't have it or for which it's broken.
Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <time.h>
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
# define WINDOWS_NATIVE
# include <windows.h>
#endif
#include "localtime-buffer.h"
#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
/* GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime was introduced only in Windows 8. */
typedef void (WINAPI * GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFuncType) (FILETIME *lpTime);
static GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFuncType GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFunc = NULL;
static BOOL initialized = FALSE;
static void
initialize (void)
{
HMODULE kernel32 = LoadLibrary ("kernel32.dll");
if (kernel32 != NULL)
{
GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFunc =
(GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFuncType) GetProcAddress (kernel32, "GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime");
}
initialized = TRUE;
}
#endif
/* This is a wrapper for gettimeofday. It is used only on systems
that lack this function, or whose implementation of this function
causes problems.
Work around the bug in some systems whereby gettimeofday clobbers
the static buffer that localtime uses for its return value. The
gettimeofday function from Mac OS X 10.0.4 (i.e., Darwin 1.3.7) has
this problem. */
int
gettimeofday (struct timeval *restrict tv, void *restrict tz)
{
#undef gettimeofday
#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
/* On native Windows, there are two ways to get the current time:
GetSystemTimeAsFileTime
<https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms724397.aspx>
or
GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime
<https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh706895.aspx>.
GetSystemTimeAsFileTime produces values that jump by increments of
15.627 milliseconds (!) on average.
Whereas GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime values usually jump by 1 or 2
microseconds.
More discussion on this topic:
<http://www.windowstimestamp.com/description>. */
FILETIME current_time;
if (!initialized)
initialize ();
if (GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFunc != NULL)
GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFunc (&current_time);
else
GetSystemTimeAsFileTime (&current_time);
/* Convert from FILETIME to 'struct timeval'. */
/* FILETIME: <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms724284.aspx> */
ULONGLONG since_1601 =
((ULONGLONG) current_time.dwHighDateTime << 32)
| (ULONGLONG) current_time.dwLowDateTime;
/* Between 1601-01-01 and 1970-01-01 there were 280 normal years and 89 leap
years, in total 134774 days. */
ULONGLONG since_1970 =
since_1601 - (ULONGLONG) 134774 * (ULONGLONG) 86400 * (ULONGLONG) 10000000;
ULONGLONG microseconds_since_1970 = since_1970 / (ULONGLONG) 10;
tv->tv_sec = microseconds_since_1970 / (ULONGLONG) 1000000;
tv->tv_usec = microseconds_since_1970 % (ULONGLONG) 1000000;
return 0;
#else
# if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
# if GETTIMEOFDAY_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME
/* Save and restore the contents of the buffer used for localtime's
result around the call to gettimeofday. */
struct tm save = *localtime_buffer_addr;
# endif
# if defined timeval /* 'struct timeval' overridden by gnulib? */
# undef timeval
struct timeval otv;
int result = gettimeofday (&otv, (struct timezone *) tz);
if (result == 0)
{
tv->tv_sec = otv.tv_sec;
tv->tv_usec = otv.tv_usec;
}
# else
int result = gettimeofday (tv, (struct timezone *) tz);
# endif
# if GETTIMEOFDAY_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME
*localtime_buffer_addr = save;
# endif
return result;
# else
# if !defined OK_TO_USE_1S_CLOCK
# error "Only 1-second nominal clock resolution found. Is that intended?" \
"If so, compile with the -DOK_TO_USE_1S_CLOCK option."
# endif
tv->tv_sec = time (NULL);
tv->tv_usec = 0;
return 0;
# endif
#endif
}
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/* hard-locale.c -- Determine whether a locale is hard.
Copyright (C) 1997-1999, 2002-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "hard-locale.h"
#include <locale.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef __GLIBC__
# define GLIBC_VERSION __GLIBC__
#elif defined __UCLIBC__
# define GLIBC_VERSION 2
#else
# define GLIBC_VERSION 0
#endif
/* Return true if the current CATEGORY locale is hard, i.e. if you
can't get away with assuming traditional C or POSIX behavior. */
bool
hard_locale (int category)
{
bool hard = true;
char const *p = setlocale (category, NULL);
if (p)
{
if (2 <= GLIBC_VERSION)
{
if (strcmp (p, "C") == 0 || strcmp (p, "POSIX") == 0)
hard = false;
}
else
{
char *locale = strdup (p);
if (locale)
{
/* Temporarily set the locale to the "C" and "POSIX" locales
to find their names, so that we can determine whether one
or the other is the caller's locale. */
if (((p = setlocale (category, "C"))
&& strcmp (p, locale) == 0)
|| ((p = setlocale (category, "POSIX"))
&& strcmp (p, locale) == 0))
hard = false;
/* Restore the caller's locale. */
setlocale (category, locale);
free (locale);
}
}
}
return hard;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
/* Determine whether a locale is hard.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2003-2004, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef HARD_LOCALE_H_
# define HARD_LOCALE_H_ 1
# include <stdbool.h>
bool hard_locale (int);
#endif /* HARD_LOCALE_H_ */
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
/* hash - hashing table processing.
Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2001, 2003, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>, 1998.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* A generic hash table package. */
/* Make sure USE_OBSTACK is defined to 1 if you want the allocator to use
obstacks instead of malloc, and recompile 'hash.c' with same setting. */
#ifndef HASH_H_
# define HASH_H_
# include <stdio.h>
# include <stdbool.h>
/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
The warn_unused_result attribute appeared first in gcc-3.4.0. */
# if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WUR __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
# else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WUR /* empty */
# endif
# ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED
/* The __attribute__((__deprecated__)) feature
is available in gcc versions 3.1 and newer. */
# if __GNUC__ < 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 1)
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED /* empty */
# else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((__deprecated__))
# endif
# endif
typedef size_t (*Hash_hasher) (const void *, size_t);
typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) (const void *, const void *);
typedef void (*Hash_data_freer) (void *);
typedef bool (*Hash_processor) (void *, void *);
struct hash_tuning
{
/* This structure is mainly used for 'hash_initialize', see the block
documentation of 'hash_reset_tuning' for more complete comments. */
float shrink_threshold; /* ratio of used buckets to trigger a shrink */
float shrink_factor; /* ratio of new smaller size to original size */
float growth_threshold; /* ratio of used buckets to trigger a growth */
float growth_factor; /* ratio of new bigger size to original size */
bool is_n_buckets; /* if CANDIDATE really means table size */
};
typedef struct hash_tuning Hash_tuning;
struct hash_table;
typedef struct hash_table Hash_table;
/* Information and lookup. */
size_t hash_get_n_buckets (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
size_t hash_get_n_buckets_used (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
size_t hash_get_n_entries (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
size_t hash_get_max_bucket_length (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
bool hash_table_ok (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
void hash_print_statistics (const Hash_table *, FILE *);
void *hash_lookup (const Hash_table *, const void *);
/* Walking. */
void *hash_get_first (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
void *hash_get_next (const Hash_table *, const void *);
size_t hash_get_entries (const Hash_table *, void **, size_t);
size_t hash_do_for_each (const Hash_table *, Hash_processor, void *);
/* Allocation and clean-up. */
size_t hash_string (const char *, size_t) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
void hash_reset_tuning (Hash_tuning *);
Hash_table *hash_initialize (size_t, const Hash_tuning *,
Hash_hasher, Hash_comparator,
Hash_data_freer) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WUR;
void hash_clear (Hash_table *);
void hash_free (Hash_table *);
/* Insertion and deletion. */
bool hash_rehash (Hash_table *, size_t) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WUR;
void *hash_insert (Hash_table *, const void *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WUR;
int hash_insert_if_absent (Hash_table *table, const void *entry,
const void **matched_ent);
void *hash_delete (Hash_table *, const void *);
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
/* Character set conversion.
Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <iconv.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#if REPLACE_ICONV_UTF
# include <errno.h>
# include <stdint.h>
# include <stdlib.h>
# include "unistr.h"
# ifndef uintptr_t
# define uintptr_t unsigned long
# endif
#endif
#if REPLACE_ICONV_UTF
/* UTF-{16,32}{BE,LE} converters taken from GNU libiconv 1.11. */
/* Return code if invalid. (xxx_mbtowc) */
# define RET_ILSEQ -1
/* Return code if no bytes were read. (xxx_mbtowc) */
# define RET_TOOFEW -2
/* Return code if invalid. (xxx_wctomb) */
# define RET_ILUNI -1
/* Return code if output buffer is too small. (xxx_wctomb, xxx_reset) */
# define RET_TOOSMALL -2
/*
* UTF-16BE
*/
/* Specification: RFC 2781 */
static int
utf16be_mbtowc (ucs4_t *pwc, const unsigned char *s, size_t n)
{
if (n >= 2)
{
ucs4_t wc = (s[0] << 8) + s[1];
if (wc >= 0xd800 && wc < 0xdc00)
{
if (n >= 4)
{
ucs4_t wc2 = (s[2] << 8) + s[3];
if (!(wc2 >= 0xdc00 && wc2 < 0xe000))
return RET_ILSEQ;
*pwc = 0x10000 + ((wc - 0xd800) << 10) + (wc2 - 0xdc00);
return 4;
}
}
else if (wc >= 0xdc00 && wc < 0xe000)
{
return RET_ILSEQ;
}
else
{
*pwc = wc;
return 2;
}
}
return RET_TOOFEW;
}
static int
utf16be_wctomb (unsigned char *r, ucs4_t wc, size_t n)
{
if (!(wc >= 0xd800 && wc < 0xe000))
{
if (wc < 0x10000)
{
if (n >= 2)
{
r[0] = (unsigned char) (wc >> 8);
r[1] = (unsigned char) wc;
return 2;
}
else
return RET_TOOSMALL;
}
else if (wc < 0x110000)
{
if (n >= 4)
{
ucs4_t wc1 = 0xd800 + ((wc - 0x10000) >> 10);
ucs4_t wc2 = 0xdc00 + ((wc - 0x10000) & 0x3ff);
r[0] = (unsigned char) (wc1 >> 8);
r[1] = (unsigned char) wc1;
r[2] = (unsigned char) (wc2 >> 8);
r[3] = (unsigned char) wc2;
return 4;
}
else
return RET_TOOSMALL;
}
}
return RET_ILUNI;
}
/*
* UTF-16LE
*/
/* Specification: RFC 2781 */
static int
utf16le_mbtowc (ucs4_t *pwc, const unsigned char *s, size_t n)
{
if (n >= 2)
{
ucs4_t wc = s[0] + (s[1] << 8);
if (wc >= 0xd800 && wc < 0xdc00)
{
if (n >= 4)
{
ucs4_t wc2 = s[2] + (s[3] << 8);
if (!(wc2 >= 0xdc00 && wc2 < 0xe000))
return RET_ILSEQ;
*pwc = 0x10000 + ((wc - 0xd800) << 10) + (wc2 - 0xdc00);
return 4;
}
}
else if (wc >= 0xdc00 && wc < 0xe000)
{
return RET_ILSEQ;
}
else
{
*pwc = wc;
return 2;
}
}
return RET_TOOFEW;
}
static int
utf16le_wctomb (unsigned char *r, ucs4_t wc, size_t n)
{
if (!(wc >= 0xd800 && wc < 0xe000))
{
if (wc < 0x10000)
{
if (n >= 2)
{
r[0] = (unsigned char) wc;
r[1] = (unsigned char) (wc >> 8);
return 2;
}
else
return RET_TOOSMALL;
}
else if (wc < 0x110000)
{
if (n >= 4)
{
ucs4_t wc1 = 0xd800 + ((wc - 0x10000) >> 10);
ucs4_t wc2 = 0xdc00 + ((wc - 0x10000) & 0x3ff);
r[0] = (unsigned char) wc1;
r[1] = (unsigned char) (wc1 >> 8);
r[2] = (unsigned char) wc2;
r[3] = (unsigned char) (wc2 >> 8);
return 4;
}
else
return RET_TOOSMALL;
}
}
return RET_ILUNI;
}
/*
* UTF-32BE
*/
/* Specification: Unicode 3.1 Standard Annex #19 */
static int
utf32be_mbtowc (ucs4_t *pwc, const unsigned char *s, size_t n)
{
if (n >= 4)
{
ucs4_t wc = (s[0] << 24) + (s[1] << 16) + (s[2] << 8) + s[3];
if (wc < 0x110000 && !(wc >= 0xd800 && wc < 0xe000))
{
*pwc = wc;
return 4;
}
else
return RET_ILSEQ;
}
return RET_TOOFEW;
}
static int
utf32be_wctomb (unsigned char *r, ucs4_t wc, size_t n)
{
if (wc < 0x110000 && !(wc >= 0xd800 && wc < 0xe000))
{
if (n >= 4)
{
r[0] = 0;
r[1] = (unsigned char) (wc >> 16);
r[2] = (unsigned char) (wc >> 8);
r[3] = (unsigned char) wc;
return 4;
}
else
return RET_TOOSMALL;
}
return RET_ILUNI;
}
/*
* UTF-32LE
*/
/* Specification: Unicode 3.1 Standard Annex #19 */
static int
utf32le_mbtowc (ucs4_t *pwc, const unsigned char *s, size_t n)
{
if (n >= 4)
{
ucs4_t wc = s[0] + (s[1] << 8) + (s[2] << 16) + (s[3] << 24);
if (wc < 0x110000 && !(wc >= 0xd800 && wc < 0xe000))
{
*pwc = wc;
return 4;
}
else
return RET_ILSEQ;
}
return RET_TOOFEW;
}
static int
utf32le_wctomb (unsigned char *r, ucs4_t wc, size_t n)
{
if (wc < 0x110000 && !(wc >= 0xd800 && wc < 0xe000))
{
if (n >= 4)
{
r[0] = (unsigned char) wc;
r[1] = (unsigned char) (wc >> 8);
r[2] = (unsigned char) (wc >> 16);
r[3] = 0;
return 4;
}
else
return RET_TOOSMALL;
}
return RET_ILUNI;
}
#endif
size_t
rpl_iconv (iconv_t cd,
ICONV_CONST char **inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft,
char **outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft)
#undef iconv
{
#if REPLACE_ICONV_UTF
switch ((uintptr_t) cd)
{
{
int (*xxx_wctomb) (unsigned char *, ucs4_t, size_t);
case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF8_UTF16BE:
xxx_wctomb = utf16be_wctomb;
goto loop_from_utf8;
case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF8_UTF16LE:
xxx_wctomb = utf16le_wctomb;
goto loop_from_utf8;
case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF8_UTF32BE:
xxx_wctomb = utf32be_wctomb;
goto loop_from_utf8;
case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF8_UTF32LE:
xxx_wctomb = utf32le_wctomb;
goto loop_from_utf8;
loop_from_utf8:
if (inbuf == NULL || *inbuf == NULL)
return 0;
{
ICONV_CONST char *inptr = *inbuf;
size_t inleft = *inbytesleft;
char *outptr = *outbuf;
size_t outleft = *outbytesleft;
size_t res = 0;
while (inleft > 0)
{
ucs4_t uc;
int m = u8_mbtoucr (&uc, (const uint8_t *) inptr, inleft);
if (m <= 0)
{
if (m == -1)
{
errno = EILSEQ;
res = (size_t)(-1);
break;
}
if (m == -2)
{
errno = EINVAL;
res = (size_t)(-1);
break;
}
abort ();
}
else
{
int n = xxx_wctomb ((uint8_t *) outptr, uc, outleft);
if (n < 0)
{
if (n == RET_ILUNI)
{
errno = EILSEQ;
res = (size_t)(-1);
break;
}
if (n == RET_TOOSMALL)
{
errno = E2BIG;
res = (size_t)(-1);
break;
}
abort ();
}
else
{
inptr += m;
inleft -= m;
outptr += n;
outleft -= n;
}
}
}
*inbuf = inptr;
*inbytesleft = inleft;
*outbuf = outptr;
*outbytesleft = outleft;
return res;
}
}
{
int (*xxx_mbtowc) (ucs4_t *, const unsigned char *, size_t);
case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF16BE_UTF8:
xxx_mbtowc = utf16be_mbtowc;
goto loop_to_utf8;
case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF16LE_UTF8:
xxx_mbtowc = utf16le_mbtowc;
goto loop_to_utf8;
case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF32BE_UTF8:
xxx_mbtowc = utf32be_mbtowc;
goto loop_to_utf8;
case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF32LE_UTF8:
xxx_mbtowc = utf32le_mbtowc;
goto loop_to_utf8;
loop_to_utf8:
if (inbuf == NULL || *inbuf == NULL)
return 0;
{
ICONV_CONST char *inptr = *inbuf;
size_t inleft = *inbytesleft;
char *outptr = *outbuf;
size_t outleft = *outbytesleft;
size_t res = 0;
while (inleft > 0)
{
ucs4_t uc;
int m = xxx_mbtowc (&uc, (const uint8_t *) inptr, inleft);
if (m <= 0)
{
if (m == RET_ILSEQ)
{
errno = EILSEQ;
res = (size_t)(-1);
break;
}
if (m == RET_TOOFEW)
{
errno = EINVAL;
res = (size_t)(-1);
break;
}
abort ();
}
else
{
int n = u8_uctomb ((uint8_t *) outptr, uc, outleft);
if (n < 0)
{
if (n == -1)
{
errno = EILSEQ;
res = (size_t)(-1);
break;
}
if (n == -2)
{
errno = E2BIG;
res = (size_t)(-1);
break;
}
abort ();
}
else
{
inptr += m;
inleft -= m;
outptr += n;
outleft -= n;
}
}
}
*inbuf = inptr;
*inbytesleft = inleft;
*outbuf = outptr;
*outbytesleft = outleft;
return res;
}
}
}
#endif
return iconv (cd, inbuf, inbytesleft, outbuf, outbytesleft);
}
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
/* A GNU-like <iconv.h>.
Copyright (C) 2007-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ICONV_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ICONV_H@
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ICONV_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ICONV_H
/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
#if @GNULIB_ICONV@
# if @REPLACE_ICONV_OPEN@
/* An iconv_open wrapper that supports the IANA standardized encoding names
("ISO-8859-1" etc.) as far as possible. */
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define iconv_open rpl_iconv_open
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (iconv_open, iconv_t,
(const char *tocode, const char *fromcode)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iconv_open, iconv_t,
(const char *tocode, const char *fromcode));
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iconv_open, iconv_t,
(const char *tocode, const char *fromcode));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iconv_open);
#endif
#if @REPLACE_ICONV_UTF@
/* Special constants for supporting UTF-{16,32}{BE,LE} encodings.
Not public. */
# define _ICONV_UTF8_UTF16BE (iconv_t)(-161)
# define _ICONV_UTF8_UTF16LE (iconv_t)(-162)
# define _ICONV_UTF8_UTF32BE (iconv_t)(-163)
# define _ICONV_UTF8_UTF32LE (iconv_t)(-164)
# define _ICONV_UTF16BE_UTF8 (iconv_t)(-165)
# define _ICONV_UTF16LE_UTF8 (iconv_t)(-166)
# define _ICONV_UTF32BE_UTF8 (iconv_t)(-167)
# define _ICONV_UTF32LE_UTF8 (iconv_t)(-168)
#endif
#if @GNULIB_ICONV@
# if @REPLACE_ICONV@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define iconv rpl_iconv
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (iconv, size_t,
(iconv_t cd,
@ICONV_CONST@ char **inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft,
char **outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iconv, size_t,
(iconv_t cd,
@ICONV_CONST@ char **inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft,
char **outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft));
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iconv, size_t,
(iconv_t cd,
@ICONV_CONST@ char **inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft,
char **outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iconv);
# ifndef ICONV_CONST
# define ICONV_CONST @ICONV_CONST@
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_ICONV@
# if @REPLACE_ICONV@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define iconv_close rpl_iconv_close
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (iconv_close, int, (iconv_t cd));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iconv_close, int, (iconv_t cd));
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iconv_close, int, (iconv_t cd));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iconv_close);
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ICONV_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ICONV_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
/* Character set conversion.
Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <iconv.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#ifndef uintptr_t
# define uintptr_t unsigned long
#endif
int
rpl_iconv_close (iconv_t cd)
#undef iconv_close
{
#if REPLACE_ICONV_UTF
switch ((uintptr_t) cd)
{
case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF8_UTF16BE:
case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF8_UTF16LE:
case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF8_UTF32BE:
case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF8_UTF32LE:
case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF16BE_UTF8:
case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF16LE_UTF8:
case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF32BE_UTF8:
case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF32LE_UTF8:
return 0;
}
#endif
return iconv_close (cd);
}
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
struct mapping { int standard_name; const char vendor_name[10 + 1]; };
%struct-type
%language=ANSI-C
%define slot-name standard_name
%define hash-function-name mapping_hash
%define lookup-function-name mapping_lookup
%readonly-tables
%global-table
%define word-array-name mappings
%pic
%%
# On AIX 5.1, look in /usr/lib/nls/loc/uconvTable.
ISO-8859-1, "ISO8859-1"
ISO-8859-2, "ISO8859-2"
ISO-8859-3, "ISO8859-3"
ISO-8859-4, "ISO8859-4"
ISO-8859-5, "ISO8859-5"
ISO-8859-6, "ISO8859-6"
ISO-8859-7, "ISO8859-7"
ISO-8859-8, "ISO8859-8"
ISO-8859-9, "ISO8859-9"
ISO-8859-15, "ISO8859-15"
CP437, "IBM-437"
CP850, "IBM-850"
CP852, "IBM-852"
CP856, "IBM-856"
CP857, "IBM-857"
CP861, "IBM-861"
CP865, "IBM-865"
CP869, "IBM-869"
ISO-8859-13, "IBM-921"
CP922, "IBM-922"
CP932, "IBM-932"
CP943, "IBM-943"
CP1046, "IBM-1046"
CP1124, "IBM-1124"
CP1125, "IBM-1125"
CP1129, "IBM-1129"
CP1252, "IBM-1252"
GB2312, "IBM-eucCN"
EUC-JP, "IBM-eucJP"
EUC-KR, "IBM-eucKR"
EUC-TW, "IBM-eucTW"
BIG5, "big5"
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
/* ANSI-C code produced by gperf version 3.0.4 */
/* Command-line: gperf -m 10 ./iconv_open-aix.gperf */
/* Computed positions: -k'4,$' */
#if !((' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
&& ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
&& (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
&& ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
&& ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
&& ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
&& ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
&& ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
&& ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
&& ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
&& ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
&& ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
&& ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
&& ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
&& ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
&& ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
&& ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
&& ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
&& ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
&& ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
&& ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
&& ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
&& ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126))
/* The character set is not based on ISO-646. */
#error "gperf generated tables don't work with this execution character set. Please report a bug to <bug-gnu-gperf@gnu.org>."
#endif
#line 1 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
struct mapping { int standard_name; const char vendor_name[10 + 1]; };
#define TOTAL_KEYWORDS 32
#define MIN_WORD_LENGTH 4
#define MAX_WORD_LENGTH 11
#define MIN_HASH_VALUE 6
#define MAX_HASH_VALUE 44
/* maximum key range = 39, duplicates = 0 */
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
inline
#endif
#endif
static unsigned int
mapping_hash (register const char *str, register unsigned int len)
{
static const unsigned char asso_values[] =
{
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 0, 4, 25,
0, 11, 24, 9, 17, 3, 14, 21, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
3, 45, 1, 45, 45, 45, 45, 0, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45
};
return len + asso_values[(unsigned char)str[3]+2] + asso_values[(unsigned char)str[len - 1]];
}
struct stringpool_t
{
char stringpool_str6[sizeof("EUC-TW")];
char stringpool_str7[sizeof("EUC-KR")];
char stringpool_str8[sizeof("CP852")];
char stringpool_str9[sizeof("EUC-JP")];
char stringpool_str10[sizeof("ISO-8859-2")];
char stringpool_str11[sizeof("CP857")];
char stringpool_str12[sizeof("CP850")];
char stringpool_str13[sizeof("ISO-8859-7")];
char stringpool_str14[sizeof("CP932")];
char stringpool_str15[sizeof("GB2312")];
char stringpool_str16[sizeof("BIG5")];
char stringpool_str17[sizeof("CP437")];
char stringpool_str19[sizeof("ISO-8859-5")];
char stringpool_str20[sizeof("ISO-8859-15")];
char stringpool_str21[sizeof("ISO-8859-3")];
char stringpool_str22[sizeof("ISO-8859-13")];
char stringpool_str23[sizeof("CP1046")];
char stringpool_str24[sizeof("ISO-8859-8")];
char stringpool_str25[sizeof("CP856")];
char stringpool_str26[sizeof("CP1125")];
char stringpool_str27[sizeof("ISO-8859-6")];
char stringpool_str28[sizeof("CP865")];
char stringpool_str29[sizeof("CP922")];
char stringpool_str30[sizeof("CP1252")];
char stringpool_str31[sizeof("ISO-8859-9")];
char stringpool_str33[sizeof("CP943")];
char stringpool_str34[sizeof("ISO-8859-4")];
char stringpool_str35[sizeof("ISO-8859-1")];
char stringpool_str38[sizeof("CP1129")];
char stringpool_str40[sizeof("CP869")];
char stringpool_str41[sizeof("CP1124")];
char stringpool_str44[sizeof("CP861")];
};
static const struct stringpool_t stringpool_contents =
{
"EUC-TW",
"EUC-KR",
"CP852",
"EUC-JP",
"ISO-8859-2",
"CP857",
"CP850",
"ISO-8859-7",
"CP932",
"GB2312",
"BIG5",
"CP437",
"ISO-8859-5",
"ISO-8859-15",
"ISO-8859-3",
"ISO-8859-13",
"CP1046",
"ISO-8859-8",
"CP856",
"CP1125",
"ISO-8859-6",
"CP865",
"CP922",
"CP1252",
"ISO-8859-9",
"CP943",
"ISO-8859-4",
"ISO-8859-1",
"CP1129",
"CP869",
"CP1124",
"CP861"
};
#define stringpool ((const char *) &stringpool_contents)
static const struct mapping mappings[] =
{
{-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1},
#line 43 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str6, "IBM-eucTW"},
#line 42 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str7, "IBM-eucKR"},
#line 25 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str8, "IBM-852"},
#line 41 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str9, "IBM-eucJP"},
#line 14 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str10, "ISO8859-2"},
#line 27 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str11, "IBM-857"},
#line 24 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str12, "IBM-850"},
#line 19 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str13, "ISO8859-7"},
#line 33 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str14, "IBM-932"},
#line 40 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str15, "IBM-eucCN"},
#line 44 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str16, "big5"},
#line 23 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str17, "IBM-437"},
{-1},
#line 17 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str19, "ISO8859-5"},
#line 22 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str20, "ISO8859-15"},
#line 15 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str21, "ISO8859-3"},
#line 31 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str22, "IBM-921"},
#line 35 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str23, "IBM-1046"},
#line 20 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str24, "ISO8859-8"},
#line 26 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str25, "IBM-856"},
#line 37 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str26, "IBM-1125"},
#line 18 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str27, "ISO8859-6"},
#line 29 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str28, "IBM-865"},
#line 32 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str29, "IBM-922"},
#line 39 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str30, "IBM-1252"},
#line 21 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str31, "ISO8859-9"},
{-1},
#line 34 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str33, "IBM-943"},
#line 16 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str34, "ISO8859-4"},
#line 13 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str35, "ISO8859-1"},
{-1}, {-1},
#line 38 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str38, "IBM-1129"},
{-1},
#line 30 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str40, "IBM-869"},
#line 36 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str41, "IBM-1124"},
{-1}, {-1},
#line 28 "./iconv_open-aix.gperf"
{(int)(long)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str44, "IBM-861"}
};
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ || defined __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__
__attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
#endif
#endif
const struct mapping *
mapping_lookup (register const char *str, register unsigned int len)
{
if (len <= MAX_WORD_LENGTH && len >= MIN_WORD_LENGTH)
{
register int key = mapping_hash (str, len);
if (key <= MAX_HASH_VALUE && key >= 0)
{
register int o = mappings[key].standard_name;
if (o >= 0)
{
register const char *s = o + stringpool;
if (*str == *s && !strcmp (str + 1, s + 1))
return &mappings[key];
}
}
}
return 0;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
struct mapping { int standard_name; const char vendor_name[9 + 1]; };
%struct-type
%language=ANSI-C
%define slot-name standard_name
%define hash-function-name mapping_hash
%define lookup-function-name mapping_lookup
%readonly-tables
%global-table
%define word-array-name mappings
%pic
%%
# On HP-UX 11.11, look in /usr/lib/nls/iconv.
ISO-8859-1, "iso88591"
ISO-8859-2, "iso88592"
ISO-8859-5, "iso88595"
ISO-8859-6, "iso88596"
ISO-8859-7, "iso88597"
ISO-8859-8, "iso88598"
ISO-8859-9, "iso88599"
ISO-8859-15, "iso885915"
CP437, "cp437"
CP775, "cp775"
CP850, "cp850"
CP852, "cp852"
CP855, "cp855"
CP857, "cp857"
CP861, "cp861"
CP862, "cp862"
CP864, "cp864"
CP865, "cp865"
CP866, "cp866"
CP869, "cp869"
CP874, "cp874"
CP1250, "cp1250"
CP1251, "cp1251"
CP1252, "cp1252"
CP1253, "cp1253"
CP1254, "cp1254"
CP1255, "cp1255"
CP1256, "cp1256"
CP1257, "cp1257"
CP1258, "cp1258"
HP-ROMAN8, "roman8"
HP-ARABIC8, "arabic8"
HP-GREEK8, "greek8"
HP-HEBREW8, "hebrew8"
HP-TURKISH8, "turkish8"
HP-KANA8, "kana8"
TIS-620, "tis620"
GB2312, "hp15CN"
EUC-JP, "eucJP"
EUC-KR, "eucKR"
EUC-TW, "eucTW"
BIG5, "big5"
SHIFT_JIS, "sjis"
UTF-8, "utf8"

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More